Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

þ

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014

OR

¨

Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission file number 001-33898

 

 

Meridian Bancorp, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Maryland   46-5396964

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

67 Prospect Street,

Peabody, Massachusetts

 

01960

Zip Code

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)  

(617) 567-1500

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value   The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   þ

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   þ     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   þ     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this form 10-K.   þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large Accelerated Filer  

 

¨

              Accelerated Filer    

þ

 

                Non-Accelerated Filer  

 

¨

 

      Smaller Reporting Company  

 

¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   ¨     No   þ

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, computed by reference to price at which the common equity was last sold on July 29, 2014 (the first day of trading in the Registrant’s common stock) was $533,323,323. As of March 2, 2015, there were 54,852,485 outstanding shares of the Registrant’s common stock.

 

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Registrant are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or will be filed by an amendment to this Form 10-K.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

MERIDIAN BANCORP, INC.

2014 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
  PART I   
 

Forward Looking Statements

     3   

Item 1.

 

Business

     4   

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

     28   

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

     39   

Item 2.

 

Properties

     39   

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

     39   

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

     39   
  PART II   

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     40   

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

     43   

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     44   

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

     69   

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     70   

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     129   

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

     129   

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

     129   
  PART III   

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

     130   

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

     130   

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     130   

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     130   

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

     130   
  PART IV   

Item 15.

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     131   

Signatures

     134   

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I

Forward Looking Statements

This report contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect” and words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

   

statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;

 

   

statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;

 

   

statements regarding the quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and

 

   

estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.

These forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and expectations of our management and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change.

The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:

 

   

general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected;

 

   

changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and write-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses;

 

   

our ability to access cost-effective funding;

 

   

fluctuations in real estate values and both residential and commercial real estate market conditions;

 

   

demand for loans and deposits in our market area;

 

   

our ability to implement and changes in our business strategies;

 

   

competition among depository and other financial institutions;

 

   

inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins and yields, our mortgage banking revenues or reduce the fair value of financial instruments or reduce the origination levels in our lending business, or increase the level of defaults, losses and prepayments on loans we have made and make whether held in portfolio or sold in the secondary markets;

 

   

adverse changes in the securities or secondary mortgage markets;

 

   

changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees and capital requirements, including as a result of Basel III;

 

   

the impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the implementing regulations;

 

   

our ability to manage market risk, credit risk and operational risk in the current economic conditions;

 

   

our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;

 

   

our ability to successfully integrate any assets, liabilities, customers, systems and management personnel we have acquired or may acquire into our operations and our ability to realize related revenue synergies and cost savings within expected time frames and any goodwill charges related thereto;

 

   

changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;

 

   

changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

 

3


Table of Contents
   

our ability to retain key employees;

 

   

significant increases in our loan losses; and

 

   

changes in the financial condition, results of operations or future prospects of issuers of securities that we own.

Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. Please see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 28.

 

I TEM  1. BUSINESS

Meridian Bancorp, Inc.

Meridian Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is a Maryland corporation that was incorporated on March 6, 2014 and established as the holding company of East Boston Savings Bank. The Company owns all of East Boston Savings Bank’s stock and directs, plans and coordinates East Boston Savings Bank’s business activities. The Company is the successor to East Boston Savings Bank’s previous holding company, Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (“Old Meridian”), and was formed as the result of the second-step mutual-to-stock conversion (the “Conversion”) of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, (the “MHC”), the top tier mutual holding company of Old Meridian. The Conversion was completed July 28, 2014 and on that date, the MHC and Meridian Interstate Funding Corporation were merged into Old Meridian (and ceased to exist), and Old Meridian merged into the Company. The Company raised gross proceeds of $325.0 million by selling a total of 32,500,000 shares of common stock at $10.00 per share in the second-step stock offering. The Company utilized $16.3 million of the proceeds to fund an addition to its Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) loan for the acquisition of an additional 1,625,000 shares at $10.00 per share representing 5% of the shares issued in the second-step offering and incurred expenses in connection with the offer and sale of the common stock totaling $6.5 million, resulting in net cash proceeds to the Company of $302.3 million. The Company invested $159.3 million of the net proceeds it received from the sale into East Boston Savings Bank’s operations and has retained the remaining amount for general corporate purposes. Concurrent with the completion of the stock offering, each share of Old Meridian common stock owned by public stockholders (stockholders other than the MHC) was exchanged for 2.4484 shares of Company common stock. A total of 22,200,316 shares of Company common stock were issued in the exchange.

East Boston Savings Bank

East Boston Savings Bank (the “Bank”) is a Massachusetts-chartered stock savings bank, founded in 1848 that conducts its business from 27 full-service locations and three loan centers in the greater Boston metropolitan area. We offer a variety of deposit and loan products to individuals and businesses located in our primary market, which consists of Suffolk, Middlesex and Essex Counties, Massachusetts. We attract deposits from the general public and use those funds to originate one- to four-family real estate, multi-family and commercial real estate, construction, commercial and industrial, and consumer loans, which we primarily hold for investment. Our lending business also involves the purchase and sale of loan participation interests. We also offer non-deposit financial products through a third-party network arrangement. The Bank’s main banking office is located at 10 Meridian Street, East Boston, Massachusetts 02128.

Available Information

The Company is a public company and files interim, quarterly and annual reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These respective reports are on file and a matter of public record with the Securities and Exchange Commission and may be read and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549 during the hours of 10:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m. on official business days. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Securities and Exchange Commission maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC (http://www.sec.gov ).

 

4


Table of Contents

The Company’s executive offices are located at 67 Prospect Street, Peabody, Massachusetts 01960, and our telephone number is (617) 567-1500. The Company’s website address is www.ebsb.com . Information on this website is not and should not be considered to be a part of this report.

Market Area

We consider the greater Boston metropolitan area to be our primary market area. While our primary deposit-gathering area is concentrated in the greater Boston metropolitan area, our lending area encompasses a broader market that includes most of eastern Massachusetts east of Route 93, including Cape Cod, and portions of southeastern New Hampshire and Maine. We conduct our operations through our 27 full-service offices and three loan centers located in the following counties, all of which are located in the greater Boston metropolitan area: Essex (five offices and two loan centers), Middlesex (seven offices) and Suffolk (15 offices and one loan center). The greater Boston metropolitan area is the 10th largest metropolitan area in the United States. Located adjacent to major transportation corridors, the Boston metropolitan area provides a highly diversified economic base, with major employment sectors ranging from services, manufacturing and wholesale retail trade, to finance, technology and medical care. The largest employment sector however, is health care and social services, accounting for 17.0% of businesses in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Based on data from the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, the unemployment rate for Massachusetts decreased to 5.5% in December 2014 as compared to 6.7% in December 2013, after peaking at 7.4% in June 2013. Home prices in Massachusetts rose at an annual rate of 4.5% in the third quarter of 2014 as compared to 5.3% for the third quarter of 2013.

Competition

We face significant competition for the attraction of deposits and origination of loans. Our most direct competition for deposits has historically come from the many financial institutions operating in our market area and, to a lesser extent, from other financial service companies such as brokerage firms and insurance companies. Several large holding companies operate banks in our market area. These institutions are significantly larger than us and, therefore, have greater resources. We also face competition for investors’ funds from money market funds, mutual funds and other corporate and government securities. Based on data from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as of June 30, 2014 (the latest date for which information is available), the Bank had 0.84% of the deposit market share within the Boston-Cambridge-Quincy, Massachusetts — New Hampshire metropolitan statistical area, giving us the 16 th largest market share in our metropolitan statistical area out of 145 financial institutions in our metropolitan statistical area as of that date.

Our competition for loans comes from financial institutions in our market area and from other financial service providers, such as mortgage companies and mortgage brokers. Competition for loans also comes from the increasing number of non-depository financial service companies entering the mortgage market, such as insurance companies, securities companies and specialty finance companies. Some of our competitors offer products and services that we do not offer, such as insurance services, trust services, wealth management and asset-based financing.

Lending Activities

Commercial Real Estate Loans. At December 31, 2014, commercial real estate loans were $1.146 billion, or 42.8%, of our total loan portfolio. The commercial real estate loan portfolio consisted of $252.4 million of fixed-rate loans and $893.4 million of adjustable-rate loans at December 31, 2014. Our commercial real estate loans are generally secured by properties used for business purposes such as office buildings, industrial facilities and retail facilities. At December 31, 2014, $196.6 million of our commercial real estate portfolio was owner occupied commercial real estate, and the remaining $949.2 million was secured by income producing, or non-owner occupied commercial real estate. We currently target new individual commercial real estate loan originations to small- and mid-size owners and investors in our market area and generally originate loans to one borrower up to $50.0 million, with loans greater than $2.5 million approved by the Bank’s Executive Committee of the Board of Directors. We intend to continue to grow our commercial real estate loan portfolio while maintaining prudent underwriting standards. In addition to originating these loans, we also participate in loans with other financial institutions.

 

5


Table of Contents

We originate a variety of fixed- and adjustable-rate commercial real estate loans for terms and amortization periods up to 30 years, which may include balloon loans. Interest rates and payments on our adjustable-rate loans adjust every three, five or seven years and generally are adjusted to a rate equal to a percentage above the corresponding U.S. Treasury rate or Federal Home Loan Bank borrowing rate. Most of our adjustable-rate commercial real estate loans adjust every five years and amortize over terms of 20 to 25 years. We also include pre-payment penalties on loans we originate. Loan amounts generally do not exceed 75% to 80% of the property’s appraised value at the time the loan is originated. In addition, aggregate debt service ratios, including the guarantor’s cash flow and the borrower’s other projects, are by policy, required to have a minimum income to debt service ratio of 1.20x. We require independent appraisals or evaluations on all loans secured by commercial real estate from an approved appraisers list. We require most of our commercial real estate loan borrowers to submit annual financial statements and/or rent rolls on the subject property. These properties may also be subject to annual inspections to support that appropriate maintenance is being performed by the owner/borrower. All commercial real estate loans over $500,000 are reviewed at least annually along with each commercial real estate borrower and as applicable, each guarantor. The loan and its borrowers and/or guarantors are subject to an annual risk certification verifying that the loan is properly risk rated based upon covenant compliance and other terms as provided for in the loan agreements. While this process does not prevent loans from becoming delinquent, it provides us with the opportunity to better identify problem loans in a timely manner and to work with the borrower prior to the loan becoming delinquent.

The following table provides information with respect to our commercial real estate loans by type at December 31, 2014:

 

                                                 
       Amount        Percent  
       (Dollars in thousands)  

Industrial/Warehouse

     $ 243,047           21.2

Mixed use

       226,162           19.7   

Accommodations

       69,535           6.1   

Office condominium

       15,728           1.4   

Retail

       297,091           25.9   

Office building

       227,516           19.9   

Restaurant

       8,216           0.7   

Other

       58,525           5.1   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 
     $ 1,145,820           100.0
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

If we foreclose on a commercial real estate loan, the marketing and liquidation period to convert the real estate asset to cash can be a lengthy process with substantial holding costs. In addition, vacancies, deferred maintenance, repairs and market stigma can result in prospective buyers expecting sale price concessions to offset their real or perceived economic losses for the time it takes them to return the property to profitability. Depending on the individual circumstances, initial charge-offs and subsequent losses on commercial real estate loans can be unpredictable and substantial.

The average outstanding loan size in our commercial real estate portfolio was $1.5 million as of December 31, 2014. We target individual commercial real estate loans between $250,000 and $50.0 million to small and mid-size owners and investors in our market area and generally originate loans to one borrower up to $50.0 million, with loans greater than $2.5 million approved by the Bank’s Executive Committee of the Board of Directors. We generally do not make commercial real estate loans outside our primary market areas.

Our largest single commercial real estate relationship at December 31, 2014 totaled $48.8 million. This loan was originated in 2014 and is secured by an office building. Our next largest borrowing relationship at December 31, 2014 was for $30.5 million and is secured by an office building and industrial/warehouse properties. The third largest relationship was for $27.2 million at December 31, 2014 and is secured by a college dormitory. At December 31, 2014, all of these loans were performing in accordance with their repayment terms.

 

6


Table of Contents

One- to Four-Family Residential Loans. Our one- to four-family residential loan portfolio consists of mortgage loans that enable borrowers to purchase or refinance existing homes, most of which serve as the primary residence of the owner. At December 31, 2014, one- to four-family residential loans were $468.6 million, or 17.5% of our total loan portfolio, consisting of $95.6 million and $373.0 million of fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans, respectively. We generally offer fixed-rate loans and adjustable-rate loans with terms up to 30 years. Generally, our fixed-rate loans conform to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac underwriting guidelines and those with longer terms (more than 15 years) are originated with the intention to sell. Our adjustable-rate mortgage loans generally adjust annually or every three years after an initial fixed period that ranges from three to ten years. Management has the intent and ability to hold the remaining fixed-rate loans in our loan portfolio for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off. Interest rates and payments on our adjustable-rate loans generally are adjusted to a rate equal to a percentage above the one or three year U.S. Treasury index. Depending on the loan type, the maximum amount by which the interest rate may be increased or decreased is generally 2% per adjustment period and the lifetime interest rate caps range from 2% to 4% over the initial interest rate of the loan. Our residential loans generally do not have prepayment penalties.

Borrower demand for adjustable-rate compared to fixed-rate loans is a function of the level of interest rates, the expectations of changes in the level of interest rates, and the difference between the interest rates and loan fees offered for fixed-rate mortgage loans as compared to the interest rates and loan fees for adjustable-rate loans. The relative amount of fixed-rate and adjustable-rate mortgage loans that can be originated at any time is largely determined by the demand for each in a competitive environment. The loan fees, interest rates and other provisions of mortgage loans are determined by us on the basis of our own pricing criteria and competitive market conditions.

While one- to four-family residential real estate loans are normally originated with up to 30-year terms, such loans typically remain outstanding for substantially shorter periods because borrowers often prepay their loans in full either upon sale of the property pledged as security or upon refinancing the original loan. Therefore, average loan maturity is a function of, among other factors, the level of purchase and sale activity in the real estate market, prevailing interest rates and the interest rates payable on outstanding loans. We do not offer loans with negative amortization and generally do not offer interest-only one- to four-family residential real estate loans. Additionally, our current practice is generally (1) to sell to the secondary market newly originated longer term (more than 15 year terms) fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans, and (2) to hold in our portfolio shorter-term fixed-rate loans, bi-weekly amortization loans and adjustable-rate loans. We sell residential real estate loans in the secondary market, primarily with servicing released. We also sell loans to Fannie Mae, the Federal Home Loan Bank Mortgage Partnership Finance Program and other investors with servicing retained.

We will make loans with loan-to-value ratios up to 95% (100% for first time home buyers) with such value measured at origination; however, we generally require private mortgage insurance for loans with a loan-to-value ratio over 80%. We require all properties securing mortgage loans to be appraised by a licensed real estate appraiser. We generally require title insurance on all first mortgage loans. Borrowers must obtain hazard insurance, and flood insurance is required for loans on properties located in a flood zone.

In an effort to provide financing for first-time buyers, we offer five-year adjustable-rate and fixed-rate 30-year residential real estate loans through the Massachusetts Housing Finance Agency First Time Home Buyer Program. We offer mortgage loans through this program to qualified individuals and originate the loans using modified underwriting guidelines and loan conditions.

We also offer adjustable-rate loans secured by one- to four-family properties that are not owner-occupied. Non-owner-occupied one- to four-family residential loans generally can be made with a loan-to-value ratio of up to 80% with such value measured at origination. At December 31, 2014, these loans totaled $73.0 million. Non-owner-occupied residential loans can have higher risk of loss than owner-occupied residential loans, as payment on such loans often depends on successful operation and management of the properties. In addition, non-owner-occupied residential borrowers may be more willing to default on a loan than an owner-occupied residential borrower as the non-owner-occupied residential borrower would not be losing his or her residence.

 

7


Table of Contents

Multi-Family Real Estate Loans. At December 31, 2014, multi-family real estate loans were $409.7 million, or 15.3%, of our total loan portfolio. The multi-family loan portfolio consisted of $66.9 million of fixed-rate loans and $342.8 million of adjustable-rate loans at December 31, 2014. We currently target new individual multi-family real estate loan originations to small- and mid-size owners and investors in our market area and generally originate loans to one borrower up to $50.0 million, with loans greater than $2.5 million approved by the Bank’s Executive Committee of the Board of Directors. Our multi-family real estate loans are generally secured by apartment buildings. We intend to continue to grow our multi-family loan portfolio, while maintaining prudent underwriting standards. In addition to originating these loans, we also participate in loans with other financial institutions.

We originate a variety of adjustable-rate multi-family real estate loans for terms up to 30 years. Interest rates and payments on our adjustable-rate loans adjust every three, five or seven years and generally are adjusted to a rate equal to a percentage above the corresponding U.S. Treasury rate or Federal Home Loan Bank borrowing rate. Most of our adjustable-rate multi-family real estate loans adjust every five years and amortize over terms of 20 to 25 years. We also include pre-payment penalties on loans we originate. Loan amounts generally do not exceed 75% to 80% of the property’s appraised value at the time the loan is originated. Aggregate debt service ratios, including the guarantor’s cash flow and the borrower’s other projects, are by policy, required to have a minimum income to debt service ratio of 1.20x. We require most of our multi-family real estate loan borrowers to submit annual financial statements and/or rent rolls on the subject property. These properties may also be subject to annual inspections to support that appropriate maintenance is being performed by the owner/borrower.

If we foreclose on a multi-family real estate loan, the marketing and liquidation period to convert the real estate asset to cash can be a lengthy process with substantial holding costs. In addition, vacancies, deferred maintenance, repairs and market stigma can result in prospective buyers expecting sale price concessions to offset their real or perceived economic losses for the time it takes them to return the property to profitability. Depending on the individual circumstances, initial charge-offs and subsequent losses on commercial real estate loans can be unpredictable and substantial.

The average outstanding loan size in our multi-family real estate portfolio was $1.2 million as of December 31, 2014. We target individual commercial and multifamily real estate loans between $250,000 and $50.0 million to small and mid-size owner and investors in our market area and generally originate loans to one borrower up to $50.0 million, with loans greater than $2.5 million approved by the Bank’s Executive Committee of the Board of Directors. We generally do not make multi-family real estate loans outside our primary market areas.

Our largest multi-family real estate relationship at December 31, 2014 totaled $28.3 million and originated in 2014. Our next largest multi-family borrowing relationship at December 31, 2014 was for $21.5 million and the third largest multi-family borrowing relationship was for $16.0 million. Each relationship is secured by an apartment building. At December 31, 2014, all of these loans were performing in accordance with their terms.

Construction Loans. Historically, we have invested a significant portion of our loan portfolio in residential construction and land loans to professional home builders and developers. More recently, in response to improvement in the housing market, our construction lending has increased since 2011. We also originate construction loans for commercial and multifamily real estate. Although well diversified with respect to price ranges and borrowers, our construction loans are significantly concentrated in the greater Boston metropolitan area.

At December 31, 2014, construction loans were $266.0 million, or 9.9% of our total loan portfolio consisting of $47.8 million of one- to four-family residential and condominium construction loans, $851,000 of residential land or development loans, $189.2 million of commercial and multifamily real estate construction loans and $28.1 million of commercial land or land development loans. All of the one- to four-family construction loans and residential land or development loans at December 31, 2014 will convert to permanent loans upon completion of the construction phase.

We primarily make construction loans for commercial development projects, including apartment buildings, small industrial buildings and retail and office buildings. We also originate adjustable loans to individuals and to

 

8


Table of Contents

builders to finance the construction of residential dwellings. Most of our construction loans are interest-only loans that provide for the payment of only interest during the construction phase, which is usually up to 12 to 24 months, although some construction loans are renewed, generally for one or two additional years. At the end of the construction phase, the loan may convert to a permanent mortgage loan or the loan may be paid in full. Loans generally can be made with a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 80% of the appraised market value upon completion of the project. As appropriate to the underwriting, a “discounted cash flow analysis” is utilized. Before making a commitment to fund a construction loan, we require an appraisal of the property by an independent licensed appraiser. We also will generally require an inspection of the property before disbursement of funds during the term of the construction loan.

We also originate construction and site development loans to contractors and builders to finance the construction of single-family homes and subdivisions. While we may originate these loans whether or not the collateral property underlying the loan is under contract for sale, we consider each project carefully in light of current residential real estate market conditions. We actively monitor the number of unsold homes in our construction loan portfolio and local housing markets to attempt to maintain an appropriate balance between home sales and new loan originations. The maximum number of speculative loans (loans that are not pre-sold) approved for each builder is based on a combination of factors, including the financial capacity of the builder, the market demand for the finished product and the ratio of sold to unsold inventory the builder maintains. We have attempted to diversify the risk associated with speculative construction lending by doing business with a large number of experienced small and mid-sized builders within our market area.

Residential real estate construction loans include single-family tract construction loans for the construction of entry level residential homes. The maximum loan-to-value limit applicable to these loans is generally 75% to 80% of the appraised market value upon completion of the project. Development plans are required from builders prior to making the loan. Our loan officers are required to personally visit the proposed site of the development and the sites of competing developments. We require that builders maintain adequate insurance coverage. While maturity dates for residential construction loans are largely a function of the estimated construction period of the project, and generally do not exceed one year, land development loans generally are for 18 to 24 months. Substantially all of our residential construction loans have adjustable rates of interest based on U.S. Treasury rates, Federal Home Loan Bank rates or The Wall Street Journal prime rate. Construction loan proceeds are disbursed periodically in increments as construction progresses and as inspection by our approved inspectors warrant.

We regularly monitor the construction and land loan portfolios and the economic conditions and housing inventory in each of our markets and increase or decrease this type of lending as we observe market conditions change. Housing markets in the greater Boston metropolitan area significantly deteriorated beginning in 2008 and our origination of new construction loans declined sharply as a result; however, our level of construction lending has increased since then as housing markets have improved. We believe that the underwriting policies and internal monitoring systems we have in place have helped to mitigate some of the risks inherent in construction and land lending; however, weak housing market conditions nonetheless resulted in material delinquencies and charge-offs in our construction loan portfolio prior to 2010. We have focused on reducing the amount of non-accrual construction loans and we have made substantial progress in this regard, as reflected in the decline in non-accrual construction loans to $8.4 million at December 31, 2014 from $22.4 million at December 31, 2011.

 

9


Table of Contents

The composition of our construction and land portfolio at December 31, 2014 is as follows.

 

                                                 
       Amount        Percent  
       (Dollars in thousands)  

Condominium

     $ 65,528           24.7

One- to four-family residential real estate

       31,664           11.9   

Apartment

       48,353           18.2   

Commercial real estate

       5,171           1.9   

Mixed use

       7,267           2.7   

Accommodations

       36,175           13.6   

Retail

       1,090           0.4   

Office building

       19,842           7.5   

Land

       27,426           10.3   

Other

       23,464           8.8   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 
     $ 265,980           100.0
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Commercial and Industrial Loans. We make commercial and industrial loans primarily in our market area to a variety of professionals, sole proprietorships, nonprofit organizations and small businesses. At December 31, 2014, commercial and industrial loans were $330.8 million, or 12.3% of our total loan portfolio, and we intend to increase the amount of commercial and industrial loans that we originate. A portion of our commercial and industrial loans is also secured by owner-occupied commercial real estate. However, the primary source of repayment for all of our commercial and industrial loans is income from the underlying business. In the third quarter of 2011, we significantly expanded our commercial and industrial lending platform with the establishment of a new corporate banking division comprised of a veteran team of bankers and related underwriting personnel that enhanced our presence in all of our market areas and strengthened our business product offerings and cash management expertise. As part of our relationship driven focus, we require many of our commercial and industrial borrowers to maintain their primary deposit accounts with us, which enhances our interest rate spread and overall profitability.

A significant portion of our commercial and industrial loans consists of our direct purchase of tax-exempt bonds issued by non-profit organizations (primarily educational and health organizations) and manufacturers through programs sponsored by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the states of Maine and New Hampshire. We underwrite these bonds in substantially the same manner as our other commercial and industrial loans. At December 31, 2014, tax exempt bonds included in our commercial and industrial loan portfolio were $186.6 million, or 56.4% of our total commercial and industrial loans at that date.

Commercial lending products include term loans and revolving lines of credit. Commercial loans and lines of credit are made with either variable or fixed rates of interest. Variable rates are based on the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal , plus a margin. Initial rates on fixed-rate business loans are generally based on a corresponding U.S. Treasury or Federal Home Loan Bank rate, plus a margin. Commercial and industrial loans typically have shorter maturity terms and higher interest rates than commercial real estate loans, but may involve more credit risk because of the type and nature of the collateral. We are focusing our efforts on small- to medium-sized, privately-held companies with local or regional businesses and non-profit entities that operate in our market area and generally originate loans to one borrower up to $50.0 million, with loans greater than $2.5 million approved by the Bank’s Executive Committee of the Board of Directors.

When making commercial loans, we consider the financial statements of the borrower, our lending history with the borrower, the debt service capabilities of the borrower, the projected cash flows of the business and the value of the collateral, primarily real estate, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment. Depending on the collateral used to secure the loans, commercial loans are made in amounts of up to 80% of the value of the collateral securing the loan. All of these loans are secured by assets of the respective borrowers.

Home Equity Lines of Credit. We offer home equity lines of credit, which are secured by owner-occupied one- to four-family residences. At December 31, 2014, the outstanding balance owed on home equity lines of

 

10


Table of Contents

credit amounted to $50.1 million, or 1.9% of our total loan portfolio. Home equity lines of credit have adjustable rates of interest with ten-year draws and terms of 15 years that are indexed to the Prime Rate as published by The Wall Street Journal on the last business day of the month. Our home equity lines either have a monthly variable interest rate or an interest rate that is fixed for five years and that adjusts in years six and 11. We offer home equity lines of credit with cumulative loan-to-value ratios generally up to 80%, when taking into account both the balance of the home equity loans and first mortgage loan.

The procedures for underwriting home equity lines of credit include an assessment of the applicant’s payment history on other debts and ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan. Although the applicant’s creditworthiness is a primary consideration, the underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the collateral to the proposed loan amount. The procedures for underwriting one- to four-family residential real estate loans apply equally to home equity loans.

Consumer Loans. We offer automobile loans, loans secured by passbook or certificate accounts and overdraft loans. At December 31, 2014, consumer loans were $8.8 million, or 0.3% of total loans. The procedures for underwriting consumer loans include an assessment of the applicant’s payment history on other debts and ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan. Although the applicant’s creditworthiness is a primary consideration, the underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the collateral, if any, to the proposed loan amount.

Loan Underwriting Risks

Adjustable-Rate Loans. While we anticipate that adjustable-rate loans will better offset the adverse effects of an increase in interest rates as compared to fixed-rate mortgage loans, an increased monthly mortgage payment required of adjustable-rate loan borrowers in a rising interest rate environment could cause an increase in delinquencies and defaults. The marketability of the underlying property also may be adversely affected in a high interest rate environment. In addition, although adjustable-rate mortgage loans make our asset base more responsive to changes in interest rates, the extent of this interest sensitivity is limited by the annual and lifetime interest rate adjustment limits on residential loans.

Commercial and Multi-Family Real Estate Loans. Loans secured by commercial and multi-family real estate generally have larger balances and involve a greater degree of risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Of primary concern in commercial and multi-family real estate lending is the borrower’s creditworthiness and the feasibility and cash flow potential of the project. Payments on loans secured by income properties often depend on successful operation and management of the properties. As a result, repayment of such loans may be subject to a greater extent than residential real estate loans, to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. To monitor cash flows on income properties, we require borrowers and loan guarantors, if any, to provide annual financial statements on commercial and multi-family real estate loans. In reaching a decision on whether to make a commercial or multi-family real estate loan, we consider and review a global cash flow analysis of the borrower and consider the net operating income of the property, the borrower’s expertise, credit history and profitability and the value of the underlying property. We have generally required that the properties securing these real estate loans have debt service coverage ratios (the ratio of earnings before debt service to debt service) of at least 1.20x. An environmental phase one report is obtained when the possibility exists that hazardous materials may have existed on the site, or the site may have been impacted by adjoining properties that handled hazardous materials. Land loans secured by improved lots generally involve greater risks than residential mortgage lending because land loans are more difficult to evaluate. If the estimate of value proves to be inaccurate, in the event of default and foreclosure, we may be confronted with a property the value of which is insufficient to assure full payment.

Construction Loans. Our construction loans are based upon estimates of costs and values associated with the completed project. Underwriting is focused on the borrowers’ financial strength, credit history and demonstrated ability to produce a quality product and effectively market and manage their operations. All speculative construction loans must be approved by senior loan officers.

Construction lending involves additional risks when compared with permanent residential lending because funds are advanced upon the security of the project, which is of uncertain value prior to its completion. Because

 

11


Table of Contents

of the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs, as well as the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation of real property, it is relatively difficult to evaluate accurately the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan-to-value ratio. This type of lending also typically involves higher loan principal amounts and is often concentrated with a small number of builders. In addition, generally during the term of a construction loan, interest may be funded by the borrower or disbursed from an interest reserve set aside from the construction loan budget. These loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment substantially dependent on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower to sell or lease the property or obtain permanent take-out financing, rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. If our appraisal of the value of a completed project proves to be overstated, we may have inadequate security for the repayment of the loan upon completion of construction of the project and may incur a loss. A discounted cash flow analysis is utilized for determining the value of any construction project of five or more units. Our ability to continue to originate a significant amount of construction loans is dependent on the strength of the housing market in our market areas.

Commercial and Industrial Loans. Unlike residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment or other income, and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial and industrial loans are of higher risk and typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Our commercial and industrial loans are originated primarily based on the identified cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. Most often, this collateral consists of real estate, accounts receivable, inventory or equipment. Credit support provided by the borrower for most of these loans and the probability of repayment is based on the liquidation of the pledged collateral and enforcement of a personal guarantee, if any. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial and industrial loans may depend substantially on the success of the business itself. Further, any collateral securing such loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value.

Consumer Loans. Consumer loans may entail greater risk than residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured by assets that depreciate rapidly, such as motor vehicles. Repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan and a small remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower. Consumer loan collections depend on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and therefore are likely to be adversely affected by various factors, including job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on such loans.

Loan Originations, Purchase and Sales

Loan originations come from a variety of sources. The primary sources of loan originations are current customers, business development by our relationship managers, walk-in traffic, our website, advertising and referrals from customers as well as our directors, trustees and corporators, business owners, investors, entrepreneurs, builders, realtors, existing customers and other professional third parties, including brokers. Loan originations are further supported by lending services offered through our internet website, direct mail, cross-selling, and employees’ community service. We also advertise in newspapers that are widely circulated throughout our market area and on local radio and television. We also participate in loans with others to supplement our origination efforts. We generally do not purchase whole loans.

We generally originate loans for our portfolio; however, we generally agree to sell to the secondary market newly originated conforming fixed-rate, 16- to 30-year one- to four-family residential real estate loans. Our decision to sell loans is based on prevailing market interest rate conditions and interest rate risk management. We sell residential real estate loans in the secondary market, primarily with servicing released. We also sell loans to Fannie Mae, the Federal Home Loan Bank Mortgage Partnership Finance Program and other investors with servicing retained. In addition, we sell participation interests in commercial real estate loans to local financial institutions, primarily on the portion of loans exceeding our borrowing limits, or as is prudent in concert with recognition of credit risk. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, we originated $47.4 million and

 

12


Table of Contents

$108.0 million of residential real estate loans for sale, respectively, and sold $48.8 million and $119.9 million of loans, respectively. At December 31, 2014, we were servicing $150.5 million of residential real estate loans for others.

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority

Our lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory, underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by the Bank’s Board of Directors and management. The Bank’s Board of Directors has granted loan approval authority to certain officers up to prescribed limits, depending on the officer’s experience, the type of loan and whether the loan is secured or unsecured. Loans below $1.0 million require approval by members of senior management. Loans from $1.0 million up to $2.5 million require approval by management’s loan committee. Loans in excess of $2.5 million generally must be authorized by the Bank’s Executive Committee of the Board of Directors. Exceptions are fully disclosed to the approving authority, either an individual officer or the appropriate management or board committee prior to commitment. Exceptions are reported to the Board of Directors monthly.

Loans-to-One Borrower Limit and Loan Category Concentration

The maximum amount that we may lend to one borrower and the borrower’s related entities is generally limited, by statute, to 20% of our capital, which is defined under Massachusetts law as the sum of our capital stock, surplus account and undivided profits. At December 31, 2014, our regulatory limit on loans-to-one borrower was $84.2 million. At that date, our largest lending relationship consisted of one loan for $48.8 million and was secured by commercial real estate. This loan was performing in accordance with its original repayment terms at December 31, 2014.

Loan Commitments

We issue commitments for fixed- and adjustable-rate loans conditioned upon the occurrence of certain events. Commitments to originate loans are legally binding agreements to lend to our customers. Generally, our commitments to originate loans expire after 60 days.

Investment Activities

We have legal authority to invest in various types of liquid assets, including U.S. Treasury obligations, securities of various government-sponsored enterprises, residential mortgage-backed securities and municipal governments, deposits at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, certificates of deposit of federally insured institutions, investment grade corporate bonds and investment grade marketable equity securities, including common stock and money market mutual funds. Our equity securities generally pay dividends. We also are required to maintain an investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock, which investment is based on the level of our FHLB borrowings. While we have the authority under applicable law to invest in derivative securities, we had no investments in derivative securities at December 31, 2014.

At December 31, 2014, our investment portfolio consisted primarily of corporate bonds, U.S. treasuries, municipal bonds, investment-grade marketable equity securities, money market mutual fund investments, short-term obligations of government-sponsored enterprises and mortgage-backed securities.

Our investment objectives are to provide and maintain liquidity, to establish an acceptable level of interest rate and credit risk, to provide a use of funds when demand for loans is weak and to generate a favorable return. Our Board of Directors has the overall responsibility for the investment portfolio, including approval of our investment policy. The Executive Committee of the Board of Directors and management are responsible for implementation of the investment policy and monitoring our investment performance. Our Executive Committee reviews the status of our investment portfolio monthly.

Each reporting period, we evaluate all securities with a decline in fair value below the amortized cost of the investment to determine whether or not the impairment is deemed to be other-than-temporary (“OTTI”). OTTI is required to be recognized if (1) we intend to sell the security; (2) it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) for debt securities, the present

 

13


Table of Contents

value of expected cash flows is not sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis. Marketable equity securities are evaluated for OTTI based on the severity and duration of the impairment and, if deemed to be other than temporary, the declines in fair value are reflected in earnings as realized losses. For impaired debt securities that we intend to sell, or more likely than not will be required to sell, the full amount of the depreciation is recognized as OTTI through earnings. For all other impaired debt securities, credit-related OTTI is recognized through earnings and non-credit related OTTI is recognized in other comprehensive income/loss, net of applicable taxes.

Deposit Activities and Other Sources of Funds

General. Deposits, borrowings and loan repayments are the major sources of our funds for lending and other investment purposes. Scheduled loan repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, while deposit inflows and outflows and loan prepayments are significantly influenced by general interest rates and market conditions.

Deposit Accounts. The substantial majority of our depositors reside in our market area. Deposits are attracted by advertising and through our website, primarily from within our market area through the offering of a broad selection of deposit instruments, including non-interest-bearing demand deposits (such as checking accounts), interest-bearing demand accounts (such as NOW and money market accounts), savings accounts and certificates of deposit. In addition to accounts for individuals, we also offer several commercial checking accounts designed for the businesses operating in our market area.

Deposit account terms vary according to the minimum balance required, the time period that funds must remain on deposit, and the interest rate, among other factors. In determining the terms of our deposit accounts, we consider the rates offered by our competition, our liquidity needs, profitability, and customer preferences and concerns. We generally review our deposit mix and pricing on a weekly basis. Our deposit pricing strategy has generally been to offer competitive rates and to periodically offer special rates in order to attract deposits of a specific type or term.

Borrowings. We may utilize advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston to supplement our supply of investable funds. The Federal Home Loan Bank functions as a central reserve bank providing credit for its member financial institutions. As a member, we are required to own capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank and are authorized to apply for advances on the security of such stock and certain of our whole first mortgage loans and other assets (principally securities which are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the United States), provided certain standards related to creditworthiness have been met. Advances are made under several different programs, each having its own interest rate and range of maturities. Depending on the program, limitations on the amount of advances are based either on a fixed percentage of an institution’s net worth or on the Federal Home Loan Bank’s assessment of the institution’s creditworthiness. As of December 31, 2014, we had $261.7 million of available borrowing capacity with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, including an available line of credit of $9.4 million at an interest rate that adjusts daily. All of our borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank are secured by investment securities and qualified collateral, including one- to four-family loans and multi-family and commercial real estate loans held in the Bank’s portfolio.

Financial Services

We offer customers a range of non-deposit financial products, including mutual funds, annuities, stocks and bonds which are offered and cleared by a third-party broker-dealer. We receive a portion of the commissions generated by sales to our customers. We also offer customers long-term care insurance through a third-party insurance company, which generates commissions for us. Our non-deposit financial products generated $393,000, $336,000 and $432,000 of non-interest income during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Personnel

As of December 31, 2014, we had 378 full-time and 88 part-time employees, none of whom is represented by a collective bargaining unit. We believe our working relationship with our employees is good.

 

14


Table of Contents

Subsidiaries and Affiliates

The Bank’s subsidiaries include Prospect, Inc., which engages in securities transactions on its own behalf, EBOSCO, LLC and Berkley River Bend Estates, LLC, both of which hold foreclosed real estate; and East Boston Investment Services, Inc., which is authorized for third-party investment sales and is currently inactive.

Old Meridian had another wholly-owned subsidiary, Meridian Interstate Funding Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation established in 2008 to loan funds to the Company’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan to purchase stock in our initial public offering. In conjunction with the Conversion, Meridian Interstate Funding Corporation was liquidated and merged into the Company.

Old Meridian previously owned a 43% share in Hampshire First Bank, a New Hampshire chartered bank, organized and headquartered in Manchester, New Hampshire, which was accounted for using the equity method. In 2012, Hampshire First Bank was acquired by NBT Bancorp, Inc. and NBT Bank, N.A., with the Company recognizing a pre-tax gain of $4.8 million and receiving $6.6 million of cash and 547,481 shares of NBT Bancorp, Inc. common stock totaling $11.1 million as proceeds from the sale. We subsequently sold the shares of NBT Bancorp, Inc. common stock from July 2012 to September 2013 at an average price of $22.28 per share, for a gain on sale of $1.1 million.

Supervision and Regulation

General

The Bank is a Massachusetts-charted stock savings bank. The Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and by the Depositors Insurance Fund for amounts in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits. The Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, as its chartering agency, and by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as its deposit insurer. The Bank is required to file reports with, and is periodically examined by, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks concerning its activities and financial condition and must obtain regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions, including, but not limited to, mergers with or acquisitions of other financial institutions. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston.

The regulation and supervision of the Bank establish a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and borrowers and, for purposes of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the protection of the insurance fund. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes.

As a bank holding company, the Company is required to comply with the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board. It is required to file certain reports with the Federal Reserve Board and is subject to examination by and the enforcement authority of the Federal Reserve Board. The Company is also subject to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the federal securities laws.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) made extensive changes in the regulation of depository institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau as an independent bureau of the Federal Reserve Board. On July 21, 2011, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau assumed responsibility for the implementation of the federal financial consumer protection and fair lending laws and regulations, a function currently assigned to prudential regulators, and will have authority to impose new requirements. However, institutions of less than $10 billion in assets, such as the Bank, continue to be examined for compliance with consumer protection and fair lending laws and regulations by, and be subject to the enforcement authority of, their federal prudential regulator, although the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has back-up authority to examine and enforce consumer protection laws against all institutions, including institutions with less than $10 billion in assets.

In addition to creating the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, directed changes in the way that institutions are assessed for deposit insurance, mandated the imposition of

 

15


Table of Contents

tougher consolidated capital requirements on holding companies, required the issuance of regulations requiring originators of securitized loans to retain a percentage of the risk for the transferred loans, imposed regulatory rate-setting for certain debit card interchange fees, repealed restrictions on the payment of interest on commercial demand deposits and contained a number of reforms related to mortgage originations. Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to delayed effective dates and/or still require the issuance of implementing regulations. Their impact on operations cannot yet be fully assessed. However, there is significant possibility that the Dodd-Frank Act will, at a minimum, result in increased regulatory burden, compliance costs and interest expense for the Bank and the Company.

The Dodd-Frank Act contained the so-called “Volcker Rule,” which generally prohibits banking organizations from engaging in proprietary trading and from investing in, sponsoring or having certain relationships with hedge or private equity funds (“covered funds”). On December 13, 2013, federal agencies issued a final rule implementing the Volcker Rule which, among other things, requires banking organizations to restructure and limit certain of their investments in and relationships with covered funds.

Any change in applicable laws or regulations, whether by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts or Congress, could have a material adverse impact on the operations and financial performance of the Company and the Bank. In addition, the Company and the Bank will be affected by the monetary and fiscal policies of various agencies of the United States Government, including the Federal Reserve Board. In view of changing conditions in the national economy and in the money markets, it is impossible for management to accurately predict future changes in monetary policy or the effect of such changes on the business or financial condition of the Company and the Bank.

Set forth below is a brief description of material regulatory requirements that are or will be applicable to the Bank and the Company. The description is limited to certain material aspects of the statutes and regulations addressed, and is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on the Bank and the Company.

Massachusetts Banking Laws and Supervision

The Bank, as a Massachusetts savings bank, is regulated and supervised by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks. The Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks is required to regularly examine each state-chartered bank. The approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks is required to establish or close branches, to merge with another bank, to issue stock or to undertake many other activities. Any Massachusetts bank that does not operate in accordance with the regulations, policies and directives of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may be sanctioned. The Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may suspend or remove directors or officers of a bank who have violated the law, conducted a bank’s business in a manner that is unsafe, unsound or contrary to the depositors’ interests, or been negligent in the performance of their duties. In addition, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks has the authority to appoint a receiver or conservator if it is determined that the bank is conducting its business in an unsafe or unauthorized manner, and under certain other circumstances.

The Commonwealth of Massachusetts recently adopted a law modernizing the Massachusetts banking law, which affords Massachusetts chartered banks with greater flexibility compared to federally chartered and out-of-state banks. Where indicated in the below discussion, the new provisions of Massachusetts banking law are scheduled to take effect on April 7, 2015.

The powers that Massachusetts-chartered savings banks can exercise under these laws include, but are not limited to, the following:

Lending Activities. A Massachusetts-chartered savings bank may make a wide variety of mortgage loans including fixed-rate loans, adjustable-rate loans, variable-rate loans, participation loans, graduated payment loans, construction and development loans, condominium and co-operative loans, second mortgage loans and other types of loans that may be made in accordance with applicable regulations. Commercial loans may be made to corporations and other commercial enterprises with or without security. Consumer and personal loans may also be made with or without security.

 

16


Table of Contents

Insurance Sales. Massachusetts banks may engage in insurance sales activities if the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks has approved a plan of operation for insurance activities and the bank obtains a license from the Massachusetts Division of Insurance. A bank may be licensed directly or indirectly through an affiliate or a subsidiary corporation established for this purpose. Customers of the Bank are offered certain insurance products through a third party. The Bank has not sought approval for insurance sales activities.

Investment Activities. In general, Massachusetts-chartered savings banks may invest in preferred and common stock of any corporation organized under the laws of the United States or any state provided such investments do not involve control of any corporation and do not, in the aggregate, exceed 4.0% of the bank’s deposits. Massachusetts-chartered savings banks may in addition invest an amount equal to 1.0% of their deposits in stocks of Massachusetts corporations or companies with substantial employment in the Commonwealth which have pledged to the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks that such monies will be used for further development within the Commonwealth. At the present time, the Bank has the authority to invest in equity securities. However, such investment authority is constrained by federal law. See “—Federal Bank Regulation—Investment Activities” for such federal restrictions.

Dividends. A Massachusetts stock bank may declare from net profits cash dividends not more frequently than quarterly and non-cash dividends at any time. No dividends may be declared, credited or paid if the bank’s capital stock is impaired. A Massachusetts savings bank with outstanding preferred stock may not, without the prior approval of the Commissioner of Banks, declare dividends to the common stock without also declaring dividends to the preferred stock. The approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks is required if the total of all dividends declared in any calendar year exceeds the total of its net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits of the preceding two years, less any required transfer to surplus or a fund for the retirement of any preferred stock. Net profits for this purpose means the remainder of all earnings from current operations plus actual recoveries on loans and investments and other assets after deducting current operating expenses, actual losses, accrued dividends on preferred stock, if any, and all federal and state taxes.

Protection of Personal Information. Massachusetts has adopted regulatory requirements intended to protect personal information. The requirements, which are similar to existing federal laws such as the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, discussed below under “—Federal Regulations—Privacy Regulations”, that require organizations to establish written information security programs to prevent identity theft. The Massachusetts regulation also contains technology system requirements, especially for the encryption of personal information sent over wireless or public networks or stored on portable devices.

Parity Regulation. A Massachusetts bank may, in accordance with Massachusetts law and regulations issued by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, exercise any power and engage in any activity that has been authorized for national banks, federal thrifts or state banks in a state other than Massachusetts, provided that the activity is permissible under applicable federal and not specifically prohibited by Massachusetts law. Such powers and activities must be subject to the same limitations and restrictions imposed on the national bank, federal thrift or out-of-state bank that exercised the power or activity. In some cases, a Massachusetts bank will be required to submit advanced written notice to the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks prior to engaging in certain activities authorized for national banks, federal thrifts or out-of-state banks.

Loans to One Borrower Limitations. Massachusetts banking law grants broad lending authority. However, with certain limited exceptions, total obligations of one borrower to a bank may not exceed 20.0% of the total of the bank’s capital, which is defined under Massachusetts law as the sum of the bank’s capital stock, surplus account and undivided profits.

Loans to a Bank’s Insiders. The Massachusetts banking laws prohibit any executive officer, director or trustee from borrowing, otherwise becoming indebted, or becoming liable for a loan or other extension of credit by such bank to any other person, except for any of the following loans or extensions of credit: (i) loans or extension of credit, secured or unsecured, to an officer of the bank in an amount not exceeding $100,000; (ii) loans or extensions of credit intended or secured for educational purposes to an officer of the bank in an amount not exceeding $200,000; (iii) loans or extensions of credit secured by a mortgage on residential real estate to be occupied in whole or in part by the officer to whom the loan or extension of credit is made, in an amount not exceeding $750,000 and (iv) loans or extensions of credit to a director or trustee of the bank who is

 

17


Table of Contents

not also an officer of the bank in an amount permissible under the bank’s loan to one borrower limit. Massachusetts banking laws also prohibit officers and directors from receiving a preferential interest rate or terms on loans or extensions of credit.

Loans to insiders as described above require approval of the majority of the members of the Bank’s Board of Directors, excluding any member involved in the loan or extension of credit. No such loan or extension of credit may be granted with an interest rate or other terms that are preferential in comparison to loans granted to persons not affiliated with the savings bank.

Beginning in April 2015, Massachusetts law provides that a Massachusetts bank shall comply with Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board, which generally requires that extensions of credit to insiders:

 

   

be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features; and

 

   

not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of the Massachusetts bank’s capital.

Regulatory Enforcement Authority. Any Massachusetts bank that does not operate in accordance with the regulations, policies and directives of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may be subject to sanctions for non-compliance, including seizure of the property and business of the bank and suspension or revocation of its charter. The Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may, under certain circumstances, suspend or remove officers or directors who have violated the law, conducted the bank’s business in a manner which is unsafe, unsound or contrary to the depositors interests or been negligent in the performance of their duties. In addition, upon finding that a bank has engaged in an unfair or deceptive act or practice, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may issue an order to cease and desist and impose a fine on the bank concerned. Massachusetts consumer protection and civil rights statutes applicable to the Bank permit private individual and class action law suits and provide for the rescission of consumer transactions, including loans, and the recovery of statutory and punitive damage and attorney’s fees in the case of certain violations of those statutes.

Depositors Insurance Fund. All Massachusetts-chartered savings banks are required to be members of the Depositors Insurance Fund, a corporation that insures savings bank deposits in excess of federal deposit insurance coverage. The Depositors Insurance Fund is authorized to charge savings banks a risk-based assessment on deposits balances in excess of the amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Massachusetts has other statutes and regulations that are similar to the federal provisions discussed below.

Federal Bank Regulation

Capital Requirements. Under Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations, federally insured state-chartered banks that are not members of the Federal Reserve System (“state non-member banks”), such as the Bank, are required to comply with minimum leverage capital requirements. For an institution determined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to not be anticipating or experiencing significant growth and to be, in general, a strong banking organization rated composite 1 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Ranking System established by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, the minimum capital leverage requirement is a ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of 3.0%. For all other institutions, the minimum leverage capital ratio is not less than 4.0%. Tier 1 capital is the sum of common stockholders’ equity, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock (including any related surplus) and minority investments in certain subsidiaries, less intangible assets (except for certain servicing rights and credit card relationships) and certain other specified items.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations require state non-member banks to maintain certain levels of regulatory capital in relation to regulatory risk-weighted assets. The ratio of regulatory capital to regulatory risk-weighted assets is referred to as a bank’s “risk-based capital ratio.” Risk-based capital ratios are determined by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet items (including recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes and residual interests) to risk-weighted categories ranging from 0.0% to 200.0%, with higher levels of capital being required for the categories perceived as representing greater risk.

 

18


Table of Contents

State non-member banks must maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, of which at least one-half must be Tier 1 capital. Total capital consists of Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 or supplementary capital items, which include allowances for loan losses in an amount of up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, cumulative preferred stock and certain other capital instruments, and a portion of the net unrealized gain on equity securities. The includable amount of Tier 2 capital cannot exceed the amount of the institution’s Tier 1 capital. Banks that engage in specified levels of trading activities are subject to adjustments in their risk based capital calculation to ensure the maintenance of sufficient capital to support market risk.

In July 2013, the FDIC and the other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule that has revised their leverage and risk-based capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with agreements that were reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. Among other things, the rule establishes a new common equity Tier 1 minimum capital requirement (4.5% of risk-weighted assets), increases the minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets requirement (from 4% to 6% of risk-weighted assets), sets the leverage ratio at a uniform 4% of total assets and assigns a higher risk weight (150%) to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and to certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property. The final rule also requires unrealized gains and losses on certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings to be included for purposes of calculating regulatory capital requirements unless a one-time opt-out is exercised. The Bank has elected to exercise its one-time option to opt-out of the requirement under the final rule to include certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings for purposes of calculating its regulatory capital requirements. The rule limits a banking organization’s capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers if the banking organization does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets in addition to the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The final rule also implements the Dodd-Frank Act’s directive to apply to savings and loan holding companies consolidated capital requirements that are not less stringent than those applicable to their subsidiary institutions. The final rule was effective January 1, 2015. The “capital conservation buffer” will be phased in from January 1, 2016 to January 1, 2019, when the full capital conservation buffer will be effective.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act required each federal banking agency to revise its risk-based capital standards for insured institutions to ensure that those standards take adequate account of interest-rate risk, concentration of credit risk, and the risk of nontraditional activities, as well as to reflect the actual performance and expected risk of loss on multi-family residential loans. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, along with the other federal banking agencies, has adopted a regulation providing that the agencies will take into account the exposure of a bank’s capital and economic value to changes in interest rate risk in assessing a bank’s capital adequacy. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation also has authority to establish individual minimum capital requirements in appropriate cases upon determination that an institution’s capital level is, or is likely to become, inadequate in light of the particular circumstances.

Standards for Safety and Soundness. As required by statute, the federal banking agencies adopted final regulations and Interagency Guidelines Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness to implement safety and soundness standards. The guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. The guidelines address internal controls and information systems, internal audit system, credit underwriting, loan documentation, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings and compensation, fees and benefits. Most recently, the agencies have established standards for safeguarding customer information. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard.

Investment Activities. All state-chartered Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured banks, including savings banks, are generally limited in their investment activities to principal and equity investments of the type and in the amount authorized for national banks, notwithstanding state law, subject to certain exceptions. For example, state chartered banks may, with Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation approval, continue to exercise state authority to invest in common or preferred stocks listed on a national securities exchange or the NASDAQ

 

19


Table of Contents

Global Market and in the shares of an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The maximum permissible investment is 100.0% of Tier 1 Capital, as specified by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s regulations, or the maximum amount permitted by Massachusetts law, whichever is less. The Bank received approval from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to retain and acquire such equity instruments equal to the lesser of 100% of the Bank’s Tier 1 capital or the maximum permissible amount specified by Massachusetts law. Such grandfathered authority may be terminated under certain circumstances including a determination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation that such investments pose a safety and soundness risk.

In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation is authorized to permit such a state bank to engage in state-authorized activities or investments not permissible for national banks (other than non-subsidiary equity investments) if it meets all applicable capital requirements and it is determined that such activities or investments do not pose a significant risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has adopted procedures for institutions seeking approval to engage in such activities or investments. In addition, a nonmember bank may control a subsidiary that engages in activities as principal that would only be permitted for a national bank to conduct in a “financial subsidiary” if a bank meets specified conditions and deducts its investment in the subsidiary for regulatory capital purposes.

Interstate Banking and Branching. Federal law permits well capitalized and well managed bank holding companies to acquire banks in any state, subject to Federal Reserve Board approval, certain concentration limits and other specified conditions. Interstate mergers of banks are also authorized, subject to regulatory approval and other specified conditions. In addition, among other things, recent amendments made by the Dodd-Frank Act permit banks to establish de novo branches on an interstate basis provided that branching is authorized by the law of the host state for the banks chartered by that state.

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action. Federal law requires, among other things, that federal bank regulatory authorities take “prompt corrective action” with respect to banks that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For these purposes, the law establishes five capital categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has adopted regulations to implement the prompt corrective action legislation. Effective January 1, 2015, an institution is deemed to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 6.5% or greater. An institution is “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater, and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 4.5% or greater. An institution is “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a leverage ratio of less than 4.0%, or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 4.5%. An institution is deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, a leverage ratio of less than 3.0% or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 3%. An institution is considered to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%. As of December 31, 2014, the Bank was classified as a “well capitalized” institution.

“Undercapitalized” banks must adhere to growth, capital distribution (including dividend) and other limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. A bank’s compliance with such a plan is required to be guaranteed by any company that controls the undercapitalized institution in an amount equal to the lesser of 5.0% of the institution’s total assets when deemed undercapitalized or the amount necessary to achieve the status of adequately capitalized. If an “undercapitalized” bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” “Significantly undercapitalized” banks must comply with one or more of a number of additional restrictions, including but not limited to an order by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, cease receipt of deposits from correspondent banks or dismiss directors or officers, and restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, compensation of executive officers and capital distributions by the parent holding company. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to additional measures including, subject to a narrow exception, the appointment of a receiver or conservator within 270 days after it obtains such status.

 

20


Table of Contents

Transaction with Affiliates and Regulation W of the Federal Reserve Regulations. Transactions between banks and their affiliates are governed by federal law. An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. In a holding company context, the parent bank holding company and any companies which are controlled by such parent holding company are affiliates of the bank (although subsidiaries of the bank itself, except financial subsidiaries, are generally not considered affiliates). Generally, Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation W limits the extent to which the bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10.0% of such institution’s capital stock and surplus, and with all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20.0% of such institution’s capital stock and surplus. Section 23B applies to “covered transactions” as well as to certain other transactions and requires that all such transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the institution or subsidiary as those provided to a non-affiliate. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans, purchase of assets from, and issuance of a guarantee to an affiliate, and other similar transactions. Section 23B transactions also include the provision of services and the sale of assets by a bank to an affiliate. In addition, loans or other extensions of credit by the financial institution to the affiliate are required to be collateralized in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act.

Sections 22(h) and (g) of the Federal Reserve Act place restrictions on loans to a bank’s insiders, i.e., executive officers, directors and principal stockholders. Under Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act, loans to a director, an executive officer and to a greater than 10.0% stockholder of a financial institution, and certain affiliated interests of these, together with all other outstanding loans to such person and affiliated interests, may not exceed specified limits. Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act also requires that loans to directors, executive officers and principal stockholders be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions to other persons and also requires prior board approval for certain loans. In addition, the aggregate amount of extensions of credit by a financial institution to insiders cannot exceed the institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Section 22(g) of the Federal Reserve Act places additional restrictions on loans to executive officers.

Enforcement. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has extensive enforcement authority over insured state savings banks, including the Bank. The enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, issue cease and desist orders and remove directors and officers. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of laws and regulations, breaches of fiduciary duty and unsafe or unsound practices. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation is required, with certain exceptions, to appoint a receiver or conservator for an insured state non-member bank if that bank was “critically undercapitalized” on average during the calendar quarter beginning 270 days after the date on which the institution became “critically undercapitalized.” The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may also appoint itself as conservator or receiver for an insured state non-member bank under specified circumstances, including: (1) insolvency; (2) substantial dissipation of assets or earnings through violations of law or unsafe or unsound practices; (3) existence of an unsafe or unsound condition to transact business; (4) insufficient capital; or (5) the incurrence of losses that will deplete substantially all of the institution’s capital with no reasonable prospect of replenishment without federal assistance.

Federal Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The Bank is a member of the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Deposit accounts in the Bank are insured up to a maximum of $250,000 for each separately insured depositor.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation imposes an assessment for deposit insurance on all depository institutions. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors. An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the category to which it is assigned and certain adjustments specified by Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations, with less risky institutions paying lower rates. Assessment rates (inclusive of possible adjustments) currently range from 2  1 / 2 to 45 basis points of each institution’s total assets less tangible capital. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may increase or decrease the scale uniformly, except that no adjustment can deviate more than two basis points from the base scale without notice and comment rulemaking. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s current system

 

21


Table of Contents

represents a change, required by the Dodd-Frank Act, from its prior practice of basing the assessment on an institution’s volume of deposits.

The Dodd-Frank Act increased the minimum target Deposit Insurance Fund ratio from 1.15% of estimated insured deposits to 1.35% of estimated insured deposits. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation must seek to achieve the 1.35% ratio by September 30, 2020. Insured institutions with assets of $10 billion or more are supposed to fund the increase. The Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the 1.5% maximum fund ratio, instead leaving it to the discretion of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has recently exercised that discretion by establishing a long range fund of 2%.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has authority to increase insurance assessments. A significant increase in insurance premiums would likely have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of the Bank. Future insurance assessment rates cannot be predicted.

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule order or regulatory condition imposed in writing. We do not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

In addition to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation assessments, the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. For the quarter ended December 31, 2014, the annualized FICO assessment was equal to 0.62 basis points of total assets less tangible capital.

Privacy Regulations. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations generally require that the Bank disclose its privacy policy, including identifying with whom it shares a customer’s “non-public personal information,” to customers at the time of establishing the customer relationship and annually thereafter. In addition, the Bank is required to provide its customers with the ability to “opt-out” of having their personal information shared with unaffiliated third parties and not to disclose account numbers or access codes to non-affiliated third parties for marketing purposes. The Bank currently has a privacy protection policy in place and believes that such policy is in compliance with the regulations.

Community Reinvestment Act. Under the Community Reinvestment Act, or CRA, as implemented by Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations, a non-member bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA does require the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in connection with its examination of a non-member bank, to assess the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution, including applications to acquire branches and other financial institutions. The CRA requires the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to provide a written evaluation of an institution’s CRA performance utilizing a four-tiered descriptive rating system. The Bank’s latest Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation CRA rating was “Satisfactory.”

Massachusetts has its own statutory counterpart to the CRA which is also applicable to the Bank. The Massachusetts version is generally similar to the CRA but utilizes a five-tiered descriptive rating system. Massachusetts law requires the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks to consider, but not be limited to, a bank’s record of performance under Massachusetts law in considering any application by the bank to establish a branch or other deposit-taking facility, to relocate an office or to merge or consolidate with or acquire the assets and assume the liabilities of any other banking institution. The Bank’s most recent rating under Massachusetts law was “Satisfactory.”

Consumer Protection and Fair Lending Regulations. Massachusetts savings banks are subject to a variety of federal and Massachusetts statutes and regulations that are intended to protect consumers and prohibit

 

22


Table of Contents

discrimination in the granting of credit. These statutes and regulations provide for a range of sanctions for non-compliance with their terms, including imposition of administrative fines and remedial orders, and referral to the Attorney General for prosecution of a civil action for actual and punitive damages and injunctive relief. Certain of these statutes authorize private individual and class action lawsuits and the award of actual, statutory and punitive damages and attorneys’ fees for certain types of violations.

USA Patriot Act. The Bank is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act, which gave federal agencies additional powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. By way of amendments to the Bank Secrecy Act, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act provided measures intended to encourage information sharing among bank regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies. Further, certain provisions of Title III impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, including banks, thrifts, brokers, dealers, credit unions, money transfer agents, and parties registered under the Commodity Exchange Act.

Other Regulations

Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by the Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. Loan operations are also subject to state and federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:

 

   

Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

 

   

Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

 

   

Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies;

 

   

Massachusetts Debt Collection Regulations, establishing standards, by defining unfair or deceptive acts or practices, for the collection of debts from persons within the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the General Laws of Massachusetts, Chapter 167E, which governs the Bank’s lending powers; and

 

   

Rules and regulations of the various federal and state agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal and state laws.

The deposit operations of the Bank also are subject to, among others, the:

 

   

Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

 

   

Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute checks,” such as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check;

 

   

Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, and, as to East Boston Savings Bank Chapter 167B of the General Laws of Massachusetts, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services; and

 

   

General Laws of Massachusetts, Chapter 167D, which governs the Bank’s deposit powers.

Federal Reserve System

The Federal Reserve Board regulations require depository institutions to maintain non-interest-earning reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). The Federal Reserve Board regulations generally require that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts as follows: for that portion of transaction accounts aggregating $89.0 million or less (which may be adjusted by the

 

23


Table of Contents

Federal Reserve Board) the reserve requirement is 3.0% and the amounts greater than $89.0 million require a 10.0% reserve (which may be adjusted annually by the Federal Reserve Board between 8.0% and 14.0%). The first $13.3 million of otherwise reservable balances (which may be adjusted by the Federal Reserve Board) are exempted from the reserve requirements. The Bank is in compliance with these requirements.

Federal Home Loan Bank System

The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Bank provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions. Members of the Federal Home Loan Bank are required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank. The Bank was in compliance with this requirement at December 31, 2014. Based on redemption provisions of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, the stock has no quoted market value and is carried at cost. The Bank reviews for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the cost basis of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock. As of December 31, 2014, no impairment has been recognized.

At its discretion, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston may declare dividends on the stock. The Federal Home Loan Banks are required to provide funds for certain purposes including the resolution of insolvent thrifts in the late 1980s and to contributing funds for affordable housing programs. These requirements could reduce the amount of dividends that the Federal Home Loan Banks pay to their members and result in the Federal Home Loan Banks imposing a higher rate of interest on advances to their members. As a result of losses incurred, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston suspended and did not pay dividends in 2009 and 2010. However, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston resumed payment of quarterly dividends in 2011 equal to an annual yield of 0.30% and continued to pay quarterly dividends in 2012 equal to an annual yield of 0.50%, in 2013 equal to an annual yield of 0.38% and in 2014 equal to an annual yield of 1.49%. There can be no assurance that such dividends will continue in the future. Further, there can be no assurance that the impact of recent or future legislation on the Federal Home Loan Banks also will not cause a decrease in the value of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock held by the Bank.

Holding Company Regulation

The Company is subject to examination, regulation, and periodic reporting under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, as administered by the Federal Reserve Board. The Company is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board to acquire all, or substantially all, of the assets of any bank or bank holding company. Prior Federal Reserve Board approval is required for the Company to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting securities of any bank or bank holding company if, after such acquisition, it would, directly or indirectly, own or control more than 5% of any class of voting shares of the bank or bank holding company. In addition to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board, prior approval is also necessary from other agencies having supervisory jurisdiction over the bank to be acquired before any bank acquisition can be completed.

A bank holding company is generally prohibited from engaging in non-banking activities, or acquiring direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting securities of any company engaged in non-banking activities. One of the principal exceptions to this prohibition is for activities found by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Some of the principal activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined by regulation to be so closely related to banking are: (i) making or servicing loans; (ii) performing certain data processing services; (iii) providing discount brokerage services; (iv) acting as fiduciary, investment or financial advisor; (v) leasing personal or real property; (vi) making investments in corporations or projects designed primarily to promote community welfare; and (vii) acquiring a savings and loan association whose direct and indirect activities are limited to those permitted for bank holding companies.

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 authorized a bank holding company that meets specified conditions, including being “well capitalized” and “well managed,” to opt to become a “financial holding company” and thereby engage in a broader array of financial activities than previously permitted. Such activities can include insurance underwriting and investment banking.

 

 

24


Table of Contents

The Company is subject to the Federal Reserve Board’s capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies (on a consolidated basis) which have historically been similar to, though less stringent than, those of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for the Bank. The Dodd-Frank Act, however, required the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate consolidated capital requirements for depository institution holding companies that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves. Instruments such as cumulative preferred stock and trust preferred securities would no longer be includable as Tier 1 capital, as is currently the case with bank holding companies, subject to certain grandfathering rules. The previously discussed final rule regarding regulatory capital requirements implements the Dodd-Frank Act as to bank holding company capital standards. Consolidated regulatory capital requirements identical to those applicable to the subsidiary banks will apply to bank holding companies (with greater than $500 million of assets) as of January 1, 2015. As is the case with institutions themselves, the capital conservation buffer will be phased in between 2016 and 2019.

A bank holding company is generally required to give the Federal Reserve Board prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of then outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, is equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve Board may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice, or would violate any law, regulation, Federal Reserve Board order or directive, or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Federal Reserve Board. There is an exception to this approval requirement for well-capitalized bank holding companies that meet certain other conditions.

The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement regarding capital distributions, including dividends, by bank holding companies. In general, the Federal Reserve Board’s policies provide that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the bank holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve Board’s policies also require that a bank holding company serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary banks by standing ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital funds to those banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and by maintaining the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks where necessary. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the source of strength doctrine. Under the prompt corrective action laws, the ability of a bank holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary bank becomes undercapitalized. These regulatory policies could affect the ability of the Company to pay dividends or otherwise engage in capital distributions.

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, depository institutions are liable to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for losses suffered or anticipated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in connection with the default of a commonly controlled depository institution or any assistance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to such an institution in danger of default.

The status of the Company as a registered bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act does not exempt it from certain federal and state laws and regulations applicable to corporations generally, including, without limitation, certain provisions of the federal securities laws.

Massachusetts Holding Company Regulation. Under the Massachusetts banking laws, a company owning or controlling two or more banking institutions, including a savings bank, is regulated as a bank holding company. The term “company” is defined by the Massachusetts banking laws similarly to the definition of “company” under the Bank Holding Company Act. Each Massachusetts bank holding company: (i) must obtain the approval of the Massachusetts Board of Bank Incorporation before engaging in certain transactions, such as the acquisition of more than 5% of the voting stock of another banking institution; (ii) must register, and file reports, with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks; and (iii) is subject to examination by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks.

 

25


Table of Contents

Federal Securities Laws

The Company’s common stock is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We are subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Exchange Act.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is intended to improve corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws. We have policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations, and we review and document such policies, procedures and systems to ensure continued compliance with these regulations.

Change in Control Regulations

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person, or group of persons acting in concert, may acquire control of a bank holding company such as the Company unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and not disapproved the proposed acquisition. The Federal Reserve Board considers several factors in evaluating a notice, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and competitive effects. Control, as defined under the applicable regulations, means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management or policies of the company or to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the company. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a bank holding company’s voting securities constitutes a rebuttable presumption of control under certain circumstances, including where the issuer has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

In addition, federal regulations provide that no company may acquire control (as defined in the Bank Holding Company Act) of a bank holding company without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Any company that acquires such control becomes a “bank holding company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board.

Taxation

The Company and the Bank are subject to federal and state income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. The following discussion of federal and state taxation is intended only to summarize certain pertinent tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to the Company and the Bank.

Federal Taxation

General . The Company reports its income on a calendar year basis using the accrual method of accounting. The federal income tax laws apply to the Company in the same manner as to other corporations with some exceptions, including the reserve for bad debts discussed below. The Company’s federal income tax returns have been either audited or closed under the statute of limitations through December 31, 2010. For its 2014 tax year, the Bank’s maximum federal income tax rate was 35%.

Bad Debt Reserves. For taxable years beginning before January 1, 1996, thrift institutions that qualified under certain definitional tests and other conditions of the Internal Revenue Code were permitted to use certain favorable provisions to calculate their deductions from taxable income for annual additions to their bad debt reserve. A reserve could be established for bad debts on qualifying real property loans, generally secured by interests in real property improved or to be improved, under the percentage of taxable income method or the experience method. The reserve for non-qualifying loans was computed using the experience method. Federal legislation enacted in 1996 repealed the reserve method of accounting for bad debts and the percentage of taxable income method for tax years beginning after 1995 and required savings institutions to recapture or take into income certain portions of their accumulated bad debt reserves. However, those bad debt reserves accumulated prior to 1988 (“Base Year Reserves”) were not required to be recaptured unless the savings institution failed certain tests. At December 31, 2014, $9.8 million of the Bank’s accumulated bad debt reserves would not be

 

26


Table of Contents

recaptured into taxable income unless the Bank makes a “non-dividend distribution” to the Company as described below.

Distributions. If the Bank makes “non-dividend distributions” to the Company, the distributions will be considered to have been made from the Bank’s un-recaptured tax bad debt reserves, including the balance of its Base Year Reserves as of December 31, 1987, to the extent of the “non-dividend distributions,” and then from the Bank’s supplemental reserve for losses on loans, to the extent of those reserves, and an amount based on the amount distributed, but not more than the amount of those reserves, will be included in the Bank’s taxable income. Non-dividend distributions include distributions in excess of the Bank’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, as calculated for federal income tax purposes, distributions in redemption of stock and distributions in partial or complete liquidation. Dividends paid out of the Bank’s current or accumulated earnings and profits will not be so included in the Company’s taxable income.

The amount of additional taxable income triggered by a non-dividend is an amount that, when reduced by the tax attributable to the income, is equal to the amount of the distribution. Therefore, if the Bank makes a non-dividend distribution to the Company, approximately one and one-half times the amount of the distribution not in excess of the amount of the reserves would be includable in income for federal income tax purposes, assuming a 35% federal corporate income tax rate. The Bank does not intend to pay dividends that would result in a recapture of any portion of its bad debt reserves.

State Taxation. Financial institutions in Massachusetts are required to file combined income tax returns beginning with the year ended December 31, 2009. Starting in 2010, decreasing over a three year period, the Massachusetts excise tax rate for savings banks changed from 10.5% to 9.0% of federal taxable income, adjusted for certain items. Taxable income includes gross income as defined under the Internal Revenue Code, plus interest from bonds, notes and evidences of indebtedness of any state, including Massachusetts, less deductions, but not the credits, allowable under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, except for those deductions relating to dividends received and income or franchise taxes imposed by a state or political subdivision. Carryforwards and carrybacks of net operating losses and capital losses are not allowed. The Company’s state tax returns, as well as those of its subsidiaries, are not currently under audit.

A financial institution or business corporation is generally entitled to special tax treatment as a “security corporation” under Massachusetts law provided that: (a) its activities are limited to buying, selling, dealing in or holding securities on its own behalf and not as a broker; and (b) it has applied for, and received, classification as a “security corporation” by the Commissioner of the Massachusetts Department of Revenue. A security corporation that is also a bank holding company under the Internal Revenue Code must pay a tax equal to 0.33% of its gross income. A security corporation that is not a bank holding company under the Internal Revenue Code must pay a tax equal to 1.32% of its gross income. Prospect, Inc. is qualified as a security corporation. As such, it has received security corporation classification by the Massachusetts Department of Revenue; and does not conduct any activities deemed impermissible under the governing statutes and the various regulations, directives, letter rulings and administrative pronouncements issued by the Massachusetts Department of Revenue.

 

27


Table of Contents
I TEM  1 A . RISK FACTORS

Risks Related to Our Business

A worsening of economic conditions could result in increases in our level of non-performing loans and/or reduce demand for our products and services, which could have adverse effect on our results of operations.

Although the U.S. economy has emerged from the severe recession that occurred in 2008 and 2009, economic growth has been slow and unemployment levels remain high despite the Federal Reserve Board’s unprecedented efforts to encourage economic growth by maintaining low interest rates through its targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of U.S. Treasury and mortgage-backed securities. Recovery by many businesses has been impaired by lower consumer spending. If the Federal Reserve Board increases the federal funds rate, higher interest rates would likely result, which may reduce our loan originations, and housing markets and U.S. economic activity would be negatively affected.

Unlike larger financial institutions that are more geographically diversified, our profitability depends on the general economic conditions in the Boston metropolitan area. Local economic conditions have a significant impact on our commercial real estate and construction and consumer loans, the ability of the borrowers to repay these loans and the value of the collateral securing these loans. Almost all of our loans are to borrowers located in the greater Boston, Massachusetts metropolitan area or secured by collateral located in the greater Boston, Massachusetts metropolitan area.

A further deterioration in economic conditions or a prolonged delay in economic recovery in the market areas we serve, in particular the greater Boston, Massachusetts metropolitan area, could result in the following consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations:

 

   

demand for our products and services may decline;

 

   

loan delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures may increase;

 

   

collateral for loans, especially real estate, may decline further in value, in turn reducing customers’ borrowing power, reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with existing loans;

 

   

the value of our securities portfolio may decline;

 

   

the net worth and liquidity of loan guarantors may decline, impairing their ability to honor commitments to us; and

 

   

the amount of our low-cost or non-interest-bearing deposits may decrease.

Moreover, a significant decline in general economic conditions, caused by inflation, recession, acts of terrorism, an outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic calamities, unemployment or other factors beyond our control could further impact these local economic conditions and could further negatively affect the financial results of our banking operations. In addition, deflationary pressures, while possibly lowering our operating costs, could have a significant negative effect on our borrowers, especially our business borrowers, and the values of underlying collateral securing loans, which could negatively affect our financial performance.

Our emphasis on commercial real estate, multi-family, commercial and industrial, and construction lending involves risks that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

In recent years, we have focused on shifting our asset mix from increases in the one- to four-family residential loan portfolio to increases in commercial real estate, multi-family, commercial and industrial, and construction loans. As of December 31, 2014, our commercial real estate, multi-family, commercial and industrial, and construction loans totaled $2.152 billion, or 80.3% of our loan portfolio. As a result, our credit risk profile is higher than traditional savings institutions that have higher concentrations of one- to four-family residential loans. Also, these types of commercial lending activities, while potentially more profitable than one- to four-family residential lending, are generally more sensitive to regional and local economic conditions, making loss levels more difficult to predict. Collateral evaluation and financial statement analysis in these types of loans requires a more detailed analysis at the time of loan underwriting and on an ongoing basis. A decline in real estate values would reduce the value of the real estate collateral securing our loans and increase the risk that we would incur losses if borrowers

 

28


Table of Contents

defaulted on their loans. In addition, the repayment of commercial real estate and multi-family loans generally is dependent, in large part, on the successful operation of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. In addition, loan balances for commercial real estate, multi-family and construction loans are typically larger than those for permanent single-family and consumer loans. Accordingly, when there are defaults and losses on these types of loans, they are often larger on a per loan basis than those for permanent one- to four-family residential and consumer loans. Commercial and industrial loans expose us to additional risks since they typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayments from the cash flow of the borrower’s business and are secured by non-real estate collateral that may depreciate over time, may be illiquid and may fluctuate in value based on the success of the business. A secondary market for most types of commercial real estate, multi-family, commercial and industrial, and construction loans is not readily liquid, so we have less opportunity to mitigate credit risk by selling part or all of our interest in these loans.

Our construction loans are based upon estimates of costs and values associated with the completed project. These estimates may be inaccurate. Construction lending involves additional risks when compared with permanent residential lending because funds are advanced upon the security of the project, which is of uncertain value prior to its completion. Because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs, as well as the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation of real property, it is relatively difficult to evaluate accurately the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan-to-value ratio. This type of lending also typically involves higher loan principal amounts and is often concentrated with a small number of builders. In addition, generally during the term of a construction loan, interest may be funded by the borrower or disbursed from an interest reserve set aside from the construction loan budget. These loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment substantially dependent on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower to sell or lease the property or obtain permanent take-out financing, rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. If our appraisal of the value of a completed project proves to be overstated, we may have inadequate security for the repayment of the loan upon completion of construction of the project and may incur a loss. In addition, speculative construction loans to a builder are often associated with homes that are not pre-sold, and thus pose a greater potential risk to us than construction loans to individuals on their personal residences. These risks can be significantly affected by supply and demand conditions.

The credit risk related to commercial real estate and multi-family loans is considered to be greater than the risk related to one- to four-family residential or consumer loans because the repayment of commercial real estate loans and multi-family typically is dependent on the income stream of the real estate securing the loan as collateral and the successful operation of the borrower’s business, which can be significantly affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the economy. For example, if the cash flow from the borrower’s project is reduced as a result of leases not being obtained or renewed, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. In addition, some of our commercial real estate loans are not fully amortizing and contain large balloon payments upon maturity. These balloon payments may require the borrower to either sell or refinance the underlying property in order to make the balloon payment, which may increase the risk of default or non-payment. This risk was exacerbated in the recent recession and could remain an elevated risk in the current slow recovery economic environment.

Further, if we foreclose on a commercial real estate, multi-family or construction loan, our holding period for the collateral may be longer than for one- to four-family residential mortgage loans because there are fewer potential purchasers of the collateral. These loans also generally have relatively large balances to single borrowers or related groups of borrowers. Accordingly, if we make any errors in judgment in the collectibility of our commercial real estate loans, any resulting charge-offs may be larger on a per loan basis than those incurred with our residential or consumer loan portfolios.

Our portfolio of loans with a higher risk of loss is increasing and the unseasoned nature of our commercial loan portfolio may result in errors in judging its collectability, which may lead to additional provisions for loan losses or charge-offs, which would hurt our profits.

Our commercial loan portfolio, which includes commercial real estate, multi-family, commercial and industrial, and construction loans, has increased to $2.152 billion, or 80.3% of total loans, at December 31, 2014

 

29


Table of Contents

from $870.0 million, or 64.2% of total loans, at December 31, 2011. A large portion of our commercial loan portfolio is unseasoned, meaning they were originated recently. Our limited experience with these borrowers does not provide us with a significant payment history pattern with which to judge future collectability. Further, these loans have not been subjected to unfavorable economic conditions. As a result, it is difficult to predict the future performance of this part of our loan portfolio. These loans may have delinquency or charge-off levels above our historical experience, which could adversely affect our future performance.

Our business strategy includes the continuation of significant growth plans, and our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively.

We expect to continue to experience growth in the amount of our assets, the level of our deposits and the scale of our operations. Achieving our growth targets requires us to attract customers that currently bank at other financial institutions in our market, thereby increasing our share of the market. Our ability to successfully grow will depend on a variety of factors, including our ability to attract and retain experienced bankers, the continued availability of desirable business opportunities, the competitive responses from other financial institutions in our market areas and our ability to manage our growth. Growth opportunities may not be available or we may not be able to manage our growth successfully. If we do not manage our growth effectively, we may not be able to achieve our business plan, and our business could be harmed.

Declines in property values can increase the loan-to-value ratios on our residential mortgage loan portfolio, which could expose us to greater risk of loss.

Some of our residential mortgage loans are secured by liens on mortgage properties in which the borrowers have little or no equity because either we originated the loan with a relatively high combined loan-to-value ratio or because of the decline in home values in our market areas. Residential loans with high combined loan-to-value ratios will be more sensitive to declining property values than those with lower combined loan-to-value ratios and therefore may experience a higher incidence of default and severity of losses. In addition, if the borrowers sell their homes, such borrowers may be unable to repay their loans in full from the sale proceeds. As a result, these loans may experience higher rates of delinquencies, defaults and losses.

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings could decrease.

We maintain an allowance for loan losses, which is established through a provision for loan losses that represents management’s best estimate of probable losses within the existing portfolio of loans. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans. In determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, we rely on our experience and our evaluation of economic conditions. If our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our current allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio and adjustment may be necessary to allow for different economic conditions or adverse developments in our loan portfolio. Consequently, a problem with one or more loans could require us to significantly increase the level of our provision for loan losses. In addition, federal and state regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. Material additions to the allowance would materially decrease our net income.

Our allowance for loan losses increased in 2014, primarily due to growth in the multi-family, commercial real estate, construction, and commercial and industrial loan categories, as such loans have higher inherent credit risk than loans in our residential real estate loan categories. Refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition — Asset Quality.”

Historically low interest rates may adversely affect our net interest income and profitability.

During the past five years it has been the policy of the Federal Reserve Board to maintain interest rates at historically low levels through its targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of mortgage-backed securities. As a result, market rates on the loans we have originated and the yields on securities we have purchased have been at

 

30


Table of Contents

lower levels than available prior to 2008. As a general matter, our interest-bearing liabilities reprice or mature more quickly than our interest-earning assets, which can lower interest expense as interest rates decrease. However, our ability to lower our interest expense will be limited at these interest rate levels while the average yield on our interest-earning assets may continue to decrease. Accordingly, our net interest income may be adversely affected and may even decrease, which may have an adverse effect on our profitability.

Changes in interest rates could hurt our profits.

Our profitability, like most financial institutions, depends to a large extent upon our net interest income, which is the difference between our interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and our interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowed funds. Accordingly, our results of operations depend largely on movements in market interest rates and our ability to manage our interest-rate-sensitive assets and liabilities in response to these movements. Factors such as inflation, recession and instability in financial markets, among other factors beyond our control, may affect interest rates.

If interest rates rise, and if rates on our deposits reprice upwards faster than the rates on our long-term loans and investments, we would experience compression of our interest rate spread, which would have a negative effect on our profitability. Conversely, decreases in interest rates can result in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-related securities, as borrowers refinance to reduce their borrowing costs. Under these circumstances, we are subject to reinvestment risk as we may have to redeploy such loan or securities proceeds into lower-yielding assets, which might also negatively impact our income.

Any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. Further, a prolonged period of exceptionally low market interest rates, such as we are currently experiencing, and the Federal Reserve Board has indicated it intends to maintain, limits our ability to lower our interest expense, while the average yield on our interest-earning assets may continue to decrease as our loans reprice or are originated at these low market rates. Accordingly, our net interest income may continue to decrease, which may have an adverse affect on our profitability. Also, our interest rate risk modeling techniques and assumptions likely may not fully predict or capture the impact of actual interest rate changes on our balance sheet or projected operating results.

While we pursue an asset/liability strategy designed to mitigate our risk from changes in interest rates, changes in interest rates can still have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Changes in the level of interest rates also may negatively affect our ability to originate real estate loans, the value of our assets and our ability to realize gains from the sale of our assets, all of which ultimately affect our earnings. For further discussion of how changes in interest rates could impact us, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition — Risk Management — Interest Rate Risk Management.”

Changes in the valuation of our securities portfolio could hurt our profits.

Our securities portfolio may be impacted by fluctuations in market value, potentially reducing accumulated other comprehensive income and/or earnings. Fluctuations in market value may be caused by changes in market interest rates, lower market prices for securities and limited investor demand. Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment on a monthly basis, with more frequent evaluation for selected issues. In analyzing a debt issuer’s financial condition, management considers whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred, industry analysts’ reports and, to a lesser extent given the relatively insignificant levels of depreciation in our debt portfolio, spread differentials between the effective rates on instruments in the portfolio compared to risk-free rates. In analyzing an equity issuer’s financial condition, management considers industry analysts’ reports, financial performance and projected target prices of investment analysts within a one-year time frame. If this evaluation shows impairment to the actual or projected cash flows associated with one or more securities, a potential loss to earnings may occur. Changes in interest rates can also have an adverse effect on our financial condition, as our available-for-sale securities are reported at their estimated fair value, and therefore are impacted by fluctuations in interest rates. We increase or decrease our stockholders’ equity by the amount of change in the estimated fair value of the available-for-sale securities, net of taxes. The declines in market value could result in

 

31


Table of Contents

other-than-temporary impairments of these assets, which would lead to accounting charges that could have a material adverse effect on our net income and capital levels. Refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition — Securities Portfolio.”

Effective December 10, 2013, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, federal banking and securities regulators issued final rules to implement Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act (the “Volcker Rule”). Generally, subject to a transition period and certain exceptions, the Volcker Rule restricts insured depository institutions and their affiliated companies from engaging in short-term proprietary trading of certain securities, investing in funds with collateral comprised of less than 100% loans that are not registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and from engaging in hedging activities that do not hedge a specific identified risk. After the transition period, the Volcker Rule prohibitions and restrictions will apply to banking entities unless an exception applies.

The financial services sector represents a significant concentration within our investment portfolio.

Within our investment portfolio, we have a significant amount of marketable equity, corporate debt and mortgage-backed securities issued by companies in the financial services sector. Given the current market conditions, this sector has an enhanced level of credit risk. We are also reviewing the requirements of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel III”) regulatory capital reforms and the possibility that our retention of these securities may reduce our risk based regulatory capital.

Impairment of goodwill could require charges to earnings, which could result in a negative impact on our results of operations.

Goodwill arises when a business is purchased for an amount greater than the net fair value of its assets. We recognized goodwill as an asset on our balance sheet in connection with its acquisition of Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank. We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually. Although we determined that goodwill was not impaired during 2014, a significant and sustained decline in our stock price and market capitalization, a significant decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, slower growth rates or other factors could result in impairment of goodwill. If we were to conclude that a future write-down of the goodwill was necessary, then we would record the appropriate charge to earnings, which could be materially adverse to the results of operations and financial position. For further discussion of our methodology of evaluating and impairing goodwill, refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition — Critical Accounting Policies — Evaluation of Goodwill and Analysis for Impairment.”

The building of market share through de novo branching and expansion of our residential, commercial real estate, and commercial and industrial lending capacity could cause our expenses to increase faster than revenues.

We intend to continue to build market share in the greater Boston metropolitan area through de novo branching and expansion of our residential, commercial real estate, and commercial and industrial lending capacity. Since 2002, we have opened 14 de novo branches including the most recent branch opened in November 2013. In the third quarter of 2011, we significantly expanded our commercial and industrial lending capacity with the establishment of a new corporate banking division comprised of a veteran team of bankers that has enhanced our presence in all of our market areas and added strength to our business platform. There are considerable costs involved in opening branches and expansion of lending capacity that generally require a period of time to generate the necessary revenues to offset their costs, especially in areas in which we do not have an established presence. Accordingly, any such business expansion can be expected to negatively impact our earnings for some period of time until certain economies of scale are reached. Our expenses could be further increased if we encounter delays in the opening of any of our new branches. Finally, our business expansion may not be successful after establishment.

Changes in the programs offered by secondary market purchasers or our ability to qualify for their programs may reduce our mortgage banking revenues, which would negatively impact our non-interest income.

We generate mortgage revenues primarily from gains on the sale of single-family mortgage loans pursuant to programs currently offered by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae and non-GSE investors. These entities

 

32


Table of Contents

account for a substantial portion of the secondary market in residential mortgage loans. Any future changes in these programs, our eligibility to participate in such programs, the criteria for loans to be accepted or laws that significantly affect the activity of such entities could, in turn, materially adversely affect our results of operations. Mortgage banking is generally considered a volatile source of income because it depends largely on the level of loan volume which, in turn, depends largely on prevailing market interest rates. In a rising or higher interest rate environment, our originations of mortgage loans may decrease, resulting in fewer loans that are available to be sold to investors. This would result in a decrease in mortgage banking revenues and a corresponding decrease in non-interest income. In addition, our results of operations are affected by the amount of non-interest expense associated with mortgage banking activities, such as salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment expense, data processing expense and other operating costs. During periods of reduced loan demand, our results of operations may be adversely affected to the extent that we are unable to reduce expenses commensurate with the decline in loan originations. In addition, although we sell most loans into the secondary market without recourse, we are required to give customary representations and warranties about the loans to the buyers. If we breach those representations and warranties, the buyers may require us to repurchase the loans and we may incur a loss on the repurchase.

Failure to manage our growth may adversely affect our performance.

Our financial performance and profitability depend on our ability to manage past and future growth. Future acquisitions and growth may present operating, integration and other issues that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.

Our funding sources may prove insufficient to replace deposits at maturity and support our future growth.

We must maintain sufficient funds to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers. As a part of our liquidity management, we use a number of funding sources in addition to core deposit growth and repayments and maturities of loans and investments. As we continue to grow, we are likely to become more dependent on these sources, which include Federal Home Loan Bank advances, proceeds from the sale of loans; federal funds purchased and brokered certificates of deposit. Adverse operating results or changes in industry conditions could lead to difficulty or an inability to access these additional funding sources. Our financial flexibility will be severely constrained if we are unable to maintain our access to funding or if adequate financing is not available to accommodate future growth at acceptable interest rates. If we are required to rely more heavily on more expensive funding sources to support future growth, our revenues may not increase proportionately to cover our costs. In this case, our operating margins and profitability would be adversely affected. Additionally, collateralized public funds are bank deposits of state and local municipalities. These deposits are required to be secured by certain investment grade securities to ensure repayment, which on the one hand tends to reduce our contingent liquidity risk by making these funds somewhat less credit sensitive, but on the other hand reduces standby liquidity by restricting the potential liquidity of the pledged collateral. Although these funds historically have been a relatively stable source of funds for us, availability depends on the individual municipality’s fiscal policies and cash flow needs. At December 31, 2014, $157.0 million of our deposits were public funds.

We have become subject to more stringent capital requirements, which may adversely impact our return on equity, require us to raise additional capital, or constrain us from paying dividends or repurchasing shares.

In July 2013, the federal banking agencies approved a new rule that has substantially amended the regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to the Bank and the Company. The final rule implements the Basel III regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

The application of more stringent capital requirements could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, require the raising of additional capital, and result in regulatory actions if we were to be unable to comply with such requirements. Furthermore, the imposition of liquidity requirements in connection with the implementation of Basel III could result in our having to lengthen the term of our funding, restructure our business models, and/or increase our holdings of liquid assets. Implementation of changes to asset risk weightings for risk-based capital calculations, items included or deducted in calculating regulatory capital and/or additional capital conservation buffers could result in management modifying its business strategy, and could

 

33


Table of Contents

limit our ability to make distributions, including paying out dividends or buying back shares. Specifically, beginning in 2016, the Bank’s ability to pay dividends will be limited if does not have the capital conservation buffer required by the new capital rules, which may limit our ability to pay dividends to stockholders. See “Supervision and Regulation — Federal Banking Regulation — New Capital Rule.”

The level of our commercial real estate loan portfolio may subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the other federal bank regulatory agencies have promulgated joint guidance on sound risk management practices for financial institutions with concentrations in commercial real estate lending. Under the guidance, a financial institution that, like us, is actively involved in commercial real estate lending should perform a risk assessment to identify concentrations. A financial institution may have a concentration in commercial real estate lending if, among other factors, (i) total reported loans for construction, land acquisition and development, and other land represent 100% or more of total capital, or (ii) total reported loans secured by multi-family and non-farm residential properties, loans for construction, land acquisition and development and other land, and loans otherwise sensitive to the general commercial real estate market, including loans to commercial real estate related entities, represent 300% or more of total capital. Based on these factors we have a concentration in multi-family and commercial real estate lending, as such loans represent 387% of total bank capital as of December 31, 2014. The particular focus of the guidance is on exposure to commercial real estate loans that are dependent on the cash flow from the real estate held as collateral and that are likely to be at greater risk to conditions in the commercial real estate market (as opposed to real estate collateral held as a secondary source of repayment or as an abundance of caution). The purpose of the guidance is to guide banks in developing risk management practices and capital levels commensurate with the level and nature of real estate concentrations. The guidance states that management should employ heightened risk management practices including board and management oversight and strategic planning, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing. While we believe we have implemented policies and procedures with respect to our commercial real estate loan portfolio consistent with this guidance, bank regulators could require us to implement additional policies and procedures consistent with their interpretation of the guidance that may result in additional costs to us or that may result in a curtailment of our multi-family and commercial real estate lending that would adversely affect our loan originations and profitability.

Changes in laws and regulations and the cost of regulatory compliance with new laws and regulations may adversely affect our operations, increase our costs of operations and decrease our efficiency.

The Company and the Bank are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Federal Reserve Board. Such regulation and supervision governs the activities in which an institution and its holding company may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and the depositors and borrowers of the Bank rather than for holders of our common stock. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on our operations, the classification of our assets and determination of the level of our allowance for loan losses. These regulations, along with the currently existing tax, accounting, securities, insurance, monetary laws, rules, standards, policies, and interpretations control the methods by which financial institutions conduct business, implement strategic initiatives and tax compliance, and govern financial reporting and disclosures. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, legislation or supervisory action, may have a material impact on our operations. Further, changes in accounting standards can be both difficult to predict and involve judgment and discretion in their interpretation by us and our independent accounting firms. These changes could materially impact, potentially even retroactively, how we report our financial condition and results of our operations as could our interpretation of those changes.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was enacted in 2010. This new law is significantly changing the current bank regulatory structure and affects the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare

 

34


Table of Contents

numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impacts of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many months or years.

The Dodd-Frank Act created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks with $10 billion or less in assets will continue to be examined for compliance with the consumer laws by their primary bank regulators. The Dodd-Frank Act also weakened the federal preemption rules that have been applicable for national banks and federal savings associations, and gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws.

In January 2013, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau issued several final regulations and changes to certain consumer protections under existing laws. These final rules, most of the provisions of which became effective January 10, 2014, generally prohibit creditors from extending mortgage loans without regard for the consumer’s ability to repay and add restrictions and requirements to mortgage origination and servicing practices. In addition, these rules limit prepayment penalties and require the creditor to retain evidence of compliance with the ability-to-repay requirement for three years. Compliance with these rules will likely increase our overall regulatory compliance costs and may require changes to our underwriting practices with respect to mortgage loans. Moreover, these rules may adversely affect the volume of mortgage loans that we underwrite and may subject us to increased potential liabilities related to such residential loan origination activities.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires minimum leverage (Tier 1) and risk based capital requirements for bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies that are no less than those applicable to banks, which will limit our ability to borrow at the holding company level and invest the proceeds from such borrowings as capital in the Bank, and will exclude certain instruments that previously have been eligible for inclusion by bank holding companies as Tier 1 capital, such as trust preferred securities.

The full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business will not be known until all of the regulations implementing the statute are adopted and implemented. As a result, we cannot at this time predict the extent to which the Dodd-Frank Act will impact our business, operations or financial condition. However, compliance with these new laws and regulations may require us to make changes to our business and operations and will likely result in additional costs and divert management’s time from other business activities, any of which may adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity or financial condition.

In addition, there have been proposals made by members of Congress and others that would reduce the amount distressed borrowers are otherwise contractually obligated to pay under their mortgage loans and limit an institution’s ability to foreclose on mortgage collateral. If proposals such as these, or other proposals limiting our rights as a creditor, are implemented, we could experience increased credit losses or increased expense in pursuing our remedies as a creditor. Any other additional changes in our regulation and oversight, whether in the form of new laws, rules or regulations, could likewise make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise materially adversely affect, along with negative developments in the financial services industry and the credit markets, may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the markets for and value of our loans and investments, and our business, financial condition or prospects.

Proposed and final regulations could restrict our ability to originate and sell loans.

The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has issued a rule designed to clarify for lenders how they can avoid legal liability under the Dodd-Frank Act, which would hold lenders accountable for ensuring a borrower’s ability to repay a mortgage. Loans that meet this “qualified mortgage” definition will be presumed to have complied with the new ability-to-repay standard. Under the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau’s rule, a “qualified mortgage” loan must not contain certain specified features, including:

 

   

excessive upfront points and fees (those exceeding 3% of the total loan amount, less “bona fide discount points” for prime loans);

 

35


Table of Contents
   

interest-only payments;

 

   

negative-amortization; and

 

   

terms longer than 30 years.

Also, to qualify as a “qualified mortgage,” a borrower’s total monthly debt-to-income ratio may not exceed 43%. Lenders must also verify and document the income and financial resources relied upon to qualify the borrower for the loan and underwrite the loan based on a fully amortizing payment schedule and maximum interest rate during the first five years, taking into account all applicable taxes, insurance and assessments. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau’s rule on qualified mortgages could limit our ability or desire to make certain types of loans or loans to certain borrowers, or could make it more expensive/and or time consuming to make these loans, which could limit our growth or profitability.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the regulatory agencies to issue regulations that require securitizers of loans to retain not less than 5% of the credit risk for any asset that is not a “qualified residential mortgage.” The regulatory agencies have issued a proposed rule to implement this requirement. The Dodd-Frank Act provides that the definition of “qualified residential mortgage” can be no broader than the definition of “qualified mortgage” issued by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau for purposes of its regulations (as described above). Although the final rule with respect to the retention of credit risk has not yet been issued, the final rule could have a significant effect on the secondary market for loans and the types of loans we originate, and restrict our ability to make loans.

Non-compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, Bank Secrecy Act, or other laws and regulations could result in fines or sanctions.

The USA PATRIOT and Bank Secrecy Acts require financial institutions to develop programs to prevent financial institutions from being used for money laundering and terrorist activities. If such activities are detected, financial institutions are obligated to file suspicious activity reports with the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Financial Crimes Enforcement Network. These rules require financial institutions to establish procedures for identifying and verifying the identity of customers seeking to open new financial accounts. Failure to comply with these regulations could result in fines or sanctions. During the last year, several banking institutions have received large fines for non-compliance with these laws and regulations. While we have developed policies and procedures designed to assist in compliance with these laws and regulations, these policies and procedures may not be effective in preventing violations of these laws and regulations.

Legal and regulatory proceedings and related matters could adversely affect us or the financial services industry in general.

We, and other participants in the financial services industry upon whom we rely to operate, have been and may in the future become involved in legal and regulatory proceedings. Most of the proceedings we consider to be in the normal course of our business or typical for the industry; however, it is inherently difficult to assess the outcome of these matters and, other participants in the financial services industry or we may not prevail in any proceeding or litigation. There could be substantial cost and management diversion in such litigation and proceedings, and any adverse determination could have a materially adverse effect on our business, brand or image, or our financial condition and results of our operations.

Strong competition within our market area could hurt our profits and slow growth.

We face intense competition in making loans and attracting deposits. Price competition for loans and deposits sometimes results in us charging lower interest rates on our loans and paying higher interest rates on our deposits and may reduce our net interest income. Competition also makes it more difficult and costly to attract and retain qualified employees. Many of the institutions with which we compete have substantially greater resources and lending limits than we have and may offer services that we do not provide. We expect competition to increase in the future as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and the continuing trend of consolidation in the financial services industry. If we are not able to effectively compete in our market area, our profitability may be negatively affected, potentially limiting our ability to pay dividends. The greater

 

36


Table of Contents

resources and broader offering of deposit and loan products of some of our competitors may also limit our ability to increase our interest-earning assets. For more information about our market area and the competition we face, see “Item 1 — Business — Market Area” and “Item 1 — Competition.”

Our success depends on hiring and retaining certain key personnel.

Our performance largely depends on the talents and efforts of highly skilled individuals. We rely on key personnel to manage and operate our business, including major revenue generating functions such as loan and deposit generation. The loss of key staff may adversely affect our ability to maintain and manage these functions effectively, which could negatively affect our revenues. In addition, loss of key personnel could result in increased recruiting and hiring expenses, which could cause a decrease in our net income. Our continued ability to compete effectively depends on our ability to attract new employees and to retain and motivate our existing employees.

Our business may be adversely affected by an increasing prevalence of fraud and other financial crimes.

Our loans to businesses and individuals and our deposit relationships and related transactions are subject to exposure to the risk of loss due to fraud and other financial crimes. Nationally, reported incidents of fraud and other financial crimes have increased. We have also experienced losses due to apparent fraud and other financial crimes. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent such losses, losses may still occur.

Managing reputational risk is important to attracting and maintaining customers, investors and employees.

Threats to our reputation can come from many sources, including adverse sentiment about financial institutions generally, unethical practices, employee misconduct, failure to deliver minimum standards of service or quality, compliance deficiencies, and questionable or fraudulent activities of our customers. We have policies and procedures in place to protect our reputation and promote ethical conduct, but these policies and procedures may not be fully effective. Negative publicity regarding our business, employees, or customers, with or without merit, may result in the loss of customers, investors and employees, costly litigation, a decline in revenues and increased governmental regulation.

System failure or breaches of our network security could subject us to increased operating costs as well as litigation and other liabilities.

The computer systems and network infrastructure we use could be vulnerable to unforeseen problems. Our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect our computer equipment against damage from physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or a similar catastrophic event, as well as from security breaches, denial of service attacks, viruses, worms and other disruptive problems caused by hackers. Any damage or failure that causes an interruption in our operations could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Computer break-ins, phishing and other disruptions could also jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted through our computer systems and network infrastructure, which may result in significant liability to us and may cause existing and potential customers to refrain from doing business with us. Although we, with the help of third-party service providers, intend to continue to implement security technology and establish operational procedures to prevent such damage, our security measures may not be successful. In addition, advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments could result in a compromise or breach of the algorithms we and our third-party service providers use to encrypt and protect customer transaction data. A failure of such security measures could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

It is possible that a significant amount of time and money may be spent to rectify the harm caused by a breach or hack. While we have general liability insurance and cyber liability insurance, there are limitations on coverage as well as dollar amount. Furthermore, cyber incidents carry a greater risk of injury to our reputation. Finally, depending on the type of incident, banking regulators can impose restrictions on our business and consumer laws may require reimbursement of customer loss.

 

37


Table of Contents

Our risk management framework may not be effective in mitigating risk and reducing the potential for significant losses.

Our risk management framework is designed to minimize risk and loss to us. We seek to identify, measure, monitor, report and control our exposure to risk, including strategic, market, liquidity, compliance and operational risks. While we use a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and mitigation techniques, these techniques are inherently limited because they cannot anticipate the existence or future development of currently unanticipated or unknown risks. Recent economic conditions and heightened legislative and regulatory scrutiny of the financial services industry, among other developments, have increased our level of risk. Accordingly, we could suffer losses as a result of our failure to properly anticipate and manage these risks.

We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and we could become subject to environmental liabilities with respect to one or more of these properties. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing defaulted loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous conditions or toxic substances are found on these properties, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage, civil fines and criminal penalties regardless of when the hazardous conditions or toxic substances first affected any particular property. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses to address unknown liabilities and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. Although we have policies and procedures to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on nonresidential real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on us.

Various factors may make takeover attempts more difficult to achieve.

Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and state and federal banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of the Company without our Board of Directors’ approval. Under regulations applicable to the mutual-to-stock conversion of Meridian Financial Services, for a period of three years following completion of the conversion, no person may acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10% of our common stock without prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks. Under federal law, subject to certain exemptions, a person, entity or group must notify the Federal Reserve Board before acquiring control of a bank holding company. Acquisition of 10% or more of any class of voting stock of a bank holding company, including shares of our common stock or shares of our preferred stock were those shares to become entitled to vote upon the election of two directors because of missed dividends, creates a rebuttable presumption that the acquirer “controls” the bank holding company. Also, a bank holding company must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before, among other things, acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of any class of voting shares of any bank, including East Boston Savings Bank.

There also are provisions in our articles of incorporation that may be used to delay or block a takeover attempt, including a provision that prohibits any person from voting more than 10% of the shares of common stock outstanding. Furthermore, shares of restricted stock and stock options that we have granted or may grant to employees and directors, stock ownership by our management and directors, employment agreements that we have entered into with our executive officers and other factors may make it more difficult for companies or persons to acquire control of the Company without the consent of our Board of Directors. Taken as a whole, these statutory provisions and provisions in our articles of incorporation could result in our being less attractive to a potential acquirer and thus could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our expenses and reduce our income, and may dilute your ownership interest.

We intend to adopt one or more new stock-based benefit plans, subject to stockholder approval, which will increase our annual compensation and benefit expenses related to the stock options and stock awards granted to

 

38


Table of Contents

participants under the new stock-based benefit plans. The actual amount of these new stock-related compensation and benefit expenses will depend on the number of options and stock awards actually granted under the plans, the fair market value of our stock or options on the date of grant, the vesting period, and other factors which we cannot predict at this time.

These plans may be funded either through open market purchases or from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock. Our ability to repurchase shares of common stock to fund these plans will be subject to many factors, including applicable regulatory restrictions on stock repurchases, the availability of stock in the market, the trading price of the stock, our capital levels, alternative uses for our capital and our financial performance. While our intention is to fund the new stock-based benefit plans through open market purchases, stockholders would experience dilution in ownership interest in the event newly issued shares of our common stock are used to fund stock options and shares of restricted common stock.

Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds from our recent stock offering may have an adverse effect on our financial performance.

We invested $159.3 million of the net proceeds of our stock offering in East Boston Savings Bank. We may use the remaining net proceeds to invest in short-term investments and for general corporate purposes, including, subject to regulatory limitations, the repurchase shares of common stock and the payment of dividends. We also used $16.3 million of the net proceeds we retained to fund a loan to our employee stock ownership plan to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. East Boston Savings Bank may use the net proceeds it receives to fund new loans, expand its retail banking franchise by establishing or acquiring new branches or by acquiring other financial institutions or other financial services companies, or for other general corporate purposes. However, with the exception of funding the loan to the employee stock ownership plan, we have not allocated specific amounts of the net proceeds for any of these purposes, and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of the net proceeds we apply to different uses and when we apply or reinvest such proceeds. Also, certain of these uses, such as opening new branches or acquiring other financial institutions, may require the approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the Federal Reserve Board. We have not established a timetable for reinvesting the net proceeds, and we cannot predict how long we will require to reinvest the net proceeds. Our failure to utilize these funds effectively would reduce our profitability and may adversely affect the value of our common stock.

 

I TEM  1 B . UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

 

I TEM  2. PROPERTIES

At December 31, 2014, we conducted business through our 27 full service offices and three loan centers located in Allston, Belmont, Boston, Cambridge, Danvers, East Boston, Revere, Somerville, South Boston, Dorchester, Jamaica Plain, West Roxbury, Everett, Medford, Melrose, Wakefield, Winthrop, Lynn, Peabody and Saugus, Massachusetts. We also operate in two administrative/support offices. We own 18 and lease 14 of our offices. At December 31, 2014, the total net book value of our land, buildings, furniture, fixtures and equipment was $38.5 million.

 

I TEM  3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Periodically, there have been various claims and lawsuits against us, such as claims to enforce liens, condemnation proceedings on properties in which we hold security interests, claims involving the making and servicing of real property loans and other issues incident to our business. We are not a party to any pending legal proceedings that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

I TEM  4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not Applicable.

 

39


Table of Contents

P ART II

 

I TEM  5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT S COMMON EQUITY , RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information and Holders

The Company’s shares of common stock are traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “EBSB.” The approximate number of shareholders of record of the Company’s common stock as of March 2, 2015 was 1,632. Certain shares of the Company are held in “nominee” or “street” name and accordingly, the number of beneficial owners of such shares is not known or included in the foregoing number.

The following table sets forth for each quarter of 2014 and 2013 the intra-day high and low sales prices per share of common stock as reported by Nasdaq. No cash dividends were declared in either year. Information has been restated to reflect the 2.4484-to-one exchange ratio in the second-step Conversion.

 

                                                                          

2014

     High        Low        Dividends
Declared
 

Fourth quarter

     $ 11.60         $ 10.45         $   

Third quarter

       11.28           10.22             

Second quarter

       10.72           9.73             

First quarter

       11.53           8.90             

2013

     High        Low        Dividends
Declared
 

Fourth quarter

     $ 9.97         $ 8.25         $   

Third quarter

       9.04           7.36             

Second quarter

       7.75           7.15             

First quarter

       8.88           6.74             

Dividends

The Board of Directors may declare and pay periodic special cash dividends in addition to, or in lieu of, regular cash dividends. In determining whether to declare or pay any dividends, whether regular or special, the Board of Directors will take into account our financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations, and general economic conditions. However, no decision has been made with respect to the amount, if any, and timing of any dividend payments. The payment and amount of any dividend payments will depend upon a number of factors. We cannot assure that we will pay dividends in the future, or that any such dividends will not be reduced or eliminated in the future.

The Company will not be permitted to pay dividends on its common stock if its stockholders’ equity would be reduced below the amount of the liquidation account established by the Company in connection with the conversion. The source of dividends will depend on the net proceeds retained by the Company and earnings thereon, and dividends from the Bank. In addition, the Company will be subject to state law limitations and federal bank regulatory policy on the payment of dividends. Maryland law generally limits dividends if the corporation would not be able to pay its debts in the usual course of business after giving effect to the dividend or if the corporation’s total assets would be less than the corporation’s total liabilities plus the amount needed to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of stockholders whose preferential rights on dissolution are superior to those receiving the distribution. In addition, the Company is subject to the Federal Reserve Board’s policy that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the Company appears consistent with its capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. See “Regulation and Supervision — Holding Company Regulation.”

Dividends from the Company may depend, in part, upon receipt of dividends from the Bank because the Company has no source of income other than dividends from the Bank and earnings from investment of net

 

40


Table of Contents

proceeds from the offering retained by the Company. Massachusetts banking law and FDIC regulations limit distributions from the Bank to the Company. For example, the Bank could not pay dividends if it were not in compliance with applicable regulatory capital requirements. See “Regulation and Supervision — State Bank Regulation — Dividends” and “Federal Bank Regulation — Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action.”

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Securities

(a.) Not applicable.

(b.) Not applicable.

(c.) There were no repurchases of common stock during the quarter ended December 31, 2014.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

Information regarding stock-based compensation awards outstanding and available for future grants as of December 31, 2014, represents stock-based compensation plans approved by stockholders. Other than our Employee Stock Ownership Plan, there are no plans that have not been approved by stockholders. Additional information is presented in Note 11, Employee Benefit Plans, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, within this report. Additional information regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans is included in Part III, Item 12(d) of this Form 10-K.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchases

Not applicable.

 

41


Table of Contents

Performance Graph

The stock performance graph below compares the Company’s cumulative shareholder return on its common stock from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2014 with the cumulative total return of the NASDAQ Composite and the SNL Bank and Thrift Composite. Total shareholder return is measured by dividing total dividends (assuming dividend reinvestment) for the measurement period plus share price change for the period from the share price at the beginning of the measurement period. The return is based on an initial investment of $100.00.

Meridian Bancorp, Inc.

 

LOGO

 

                                                                                                                                                     
      Period Ending  

Index

  12/31/09     12/31/10     12/31/11     12/31/12     12/31/13     12/31/14  

Meridian Bancorp, Inc.

    100.00        135.52        143.10        192.87        259.54        315.76   

SNL Bank and Thrift

    100.00        111.64        86.81        116.57        159.61        178.18   

NASDAQ Composite

    100.00        118.15        117.22        138.02        193.47        222.16   

Source: SNL Financial LC, Charlottesville, VA

 

42


Table of Contents
I TEM  6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth selected consolidated financial data for the Company. This information should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition” that appear elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 

                                                                                                                            
    At or For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2014     2013     2012     2011     2010  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Financial Condition Data

         

Total assets

  $ 3,278,526      $ 2,682,101      $ 2,278,771      $ 1,974,380      $ 1,835,830   

Securities available for sale

    203,521        201,137        262,785        335,230        360,602   

Loans, net

    2,648,907        2,265,400        1,786,339        1,341,301        1,173,562   

Deposits

    2,503,935        2,248,600        1,865,433        1,604,488        1,459,729   

Borrowings

    171,899        161,903        161,254        131,450        148,683   

Total stockholders’ equity

    577,710        249,205        233,943        219,944        215,611   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Data

         

Interest and dividend income

  $ 108,679      $ 95,204      $ 84,969      $ 78,812      $ 82,059   

Interest expense

    20,513        20,135        18,945        20,972        21,040   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

    88,166        75,069        66,024        57,840        61,019   

Provision for loan losses

    3,313        6,470        8,581        3,663        3,181   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income, after provision for loan losses

    84,853        68,599        57,443        54,177        57,838   

Non-interest income

    16,056        19,416        21,261        15,388        11,721   

Non-interest expenses

    67,434        64,515        59,948        50,994        48,804   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    33,475        23,500        18,756        18,571        20,755   

Provision for income taxes

    11,148        8,071        6,330        6,601        7,381   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 22,327      $ 15,429      $ 12,426      $ 11,970      $ 13,374   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Key Performance Ratios

         

Return on average assets

    0.75     0.62     0.59     0.63     0.77

Return on average equity

    5.69        6.39        5.42        5.45        6.38   

Interest rate spread(1)

    2.88        3.00        3.16        3.06        3.62   

Net interest margin(2)

    3.08        3.15        3.33        3.24        3.80   

Non-interest expense to average assets

    2.26        2.58        2.84        2.66        2.81   

Efficiency ratio(3)

    68.84        76.04        77.96        74.16        65.00   

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

    126.57        118.30        117.32        114.97        114.06   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital Ratios

         

Average equity to average assets

    13.17     9.66     10.87     11.47     12.05

Total capital to risk weighted assets(4)

    14.90        10.23        10.23        11.36        11.37   

Tier I capital to risk weighted assets(4)

    13.81        9.05        9.10        10.41        10.49   

Tier I capital to average assets(4)

    12.32        8.24        8.15        8.52        8.50   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Asset Quality Ratios

         

Allowance for loan losses/total loans

    1.06     1.11     1.13     0.96     0.86

Allowance for loan losses/non-accrual loans

    90.35        61.00        51.81        24.31        23.54   

Net charge-offs/average loans outstanding

    0.01        0.08        0.07        0.06        0.19   

Non-accrual loans/total loans

    1.18        1.81        2.19        3.97        3.64   

Non-performing assets/total assets

    0.99        1.60        1.85        2.91        2.57   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per Share Data(5)

         

Basic earnings per share

  $ 0.43      $ 0.29      $ 0.23      $ 0.22      $ 0.25   

Diluted earnings per share

    0.42        0.29        0.23        0.22        0.25   

Book value per share

    10.56        4.58        4.29        4.02        3.88   

Tangible book value per share(6)

    10.31        4.33        4.04        3.77        3.63   

Market value per share

    11.22        9.22        6.85        5.08        4.82   

Number of shares outstanding at end of year

    54,708,066        54,406,335        54,488,922        54,665,253        55,563,297   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other data:

         

Number of offices

    27        27        24        23        19   

Number of full-time equivalent employees

    431        420        415        385        327   

 

43


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Represents the difference between the weighted average yield on average interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.

 

(2)

Represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets.

 

(3)

Represents non-interest expense excluding data processing contract termination costs, divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income excluding gains or losses on securities and gain on sale of investment in affiliate bank.

 

(4)

Ratios are for East Boston Savings Bank only.

 

(5)

Share and per share amounts related to periods prior to the date of completion of the Conversion (July 28, 2014) have been restated to give retroactive recognition to the exchange ratio applied in the Conversion (2.4484-to-one). (See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements)

 

(6)

Tangible book value per share is calculated as follows.

 

                                                                                                                            
       At December 31,  
       2014        2013        2012        2011        2010  
       (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Total stockholders’ equity

     $ 577,710         $ 249,205         $ 233,943         $ 219,944         $ 215,611   

Less: goodwill

       13,687           13,687           13,687           13,687           13,687   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Tangible book value

     $ 564,023         $ 235,518         $ 220,256         $ 206,257         $ 201,924   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Number of shares outstanding at end of year

       54,708,066           54,406,335           54,488,922           54,665,253           55,563,297   

Tangible book value per share

     $ 10.31         $ 4.33         $ 4.04         $ 3.77         $ 3.63   

 

I TEM  7. MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This discussion and analysis reflects our consolidated financial statements and other relevant statistical data, and is intended to enhance your understanding of our financial condition and results of operations. You should read the information in this section in conjunction with our business and financial information and the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes that appear elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Critical Accounting Policies

A summary of significant accounting policies is described in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014. Critical accounting estimates are necessary in the application of certain accounting policies and procedures and are particularly susceptible to significant change. Critical accounting policies are defined as those involving significant judgments and assumptions by management that could have a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets or on income under different assumptions or conditions. Management believes that the most critical accounting policies, which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments, are as follows:

Allowance for Loan Losses. The determination of the allowance for loan losses is considered critical due to the high degree of judgment involved, the subjectivity of the underlying assumptions used, and the potential for changes in the economic environment that could result in material changes in the amount of the allowance for loan losses considered necessary. The allowance for loan losses is utilized to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance represents management’s estimate of losses as of the date of the financial statements. The allowance includes an allocated component for impaired loans and a general component for pools of non-impaired loans.

The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

While management believes that it uses the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary and results of operations could be adversely

 

44


Table of Contents

affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in making its determinations. Because the estimation of inherent losses cannot be made with certainty, there can be no assurance that the existing allowance for loan losses is adequate or that increases will not be necessary should the quality of any loan deteriorate as a result of the factors noted above. Any material increase in the allowance for loan losses may adversely affect the financial condition and results of operations and will be recorded in the period in which the circumstances become known.

Valuation of Goodwill and Analysis for Impairment. Our goodwill resulted from the acquisition of another financial institution accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The amount of goodwill recorded at acquisition is impacted by the recorded fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, which is an estimate determined by the use of internal or other valuation techniques.

Goodwill is subject to an annual impairment review by management that first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. We would not be required to calculate our fair value of the reporting unit unless management determines, based on the qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. If the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test is necessary, step one compares our book value of the reporting unit to our fair value, or to the fair value of the reporting unit. If test one is failed, a more detailed analysis is performed, which involves measuring the excess of the fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in step one, over the aggregate fair value of the individual assets, liabilities, and identifiable intangibles as if the financial reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. In the event of future changes in fair value, we may be exposed to an impairment charge that could be material.

Other-than-temporary Impairment of Securities. In analyzing a debt issuer’s financial condition, management considers whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred, industry analysts’ reports and, to a lesser extent given the relatively insignificant levels of depreciation in our debt portfolio, spread differentials between the effective rates on instruments in the portfolio compared to risk-free rates. Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation.

From time to time, management’s intent to hold depreciated debt securities to recovery or maturity may change as a result of prudent portfolio management. If management’s intent changes, unrealized losses are recognized either as impairment charges to the consolidated income statement or as realized losses if a sale has been executed. In most instances, management sells the securities at the time their intent changes.

In analyzing an equity issuer’s financial condition, management considers industry analysts’ reports, financial performance and projected target prices of investment analysts within a one-year time frame. A decline of 10% or more in the value of an acquired equity security is generally the triggering event for management to review individual securities for liquidation and/or classification as other-than-temporarily impaired. Impairment losses are recognized when management concludes that declines in the value of equity securities are other than temporary, or when they can no longer assert that they have the intent and ability to hold depreciated equity securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. Unrealized losses on marketable equity securities that are in excess of 25% of cost and that have been sustained for more than twelve months are generally considered-other-than temporary and charged to earnings as impairment losses, or realized through sale of the security.

Income Taxes. We reduce deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is not more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. We assess the realizability of our deferred tax assets by assessing the likelihood of our generating federal and state tax income, as applicable, in future periods in amounts sufficient to offset the deferred tax charges in the periods they are expected to reverse. Based on this assessment, management concluded that a valuation allowance was not required as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

45


Table of Contents

Business Strategy

We have a community banking strategy that emphasizes responsive and personalized service to our customers. Due to the consolidation of financial institutions in our market, we believe there is a significant opportunity for a community-focused bank to provide a full range of financial services to small and middle-market commercial and retail customers. By offering quicker decision making in the delivery of banking products and services, offering customized products where appropriate, and providing customer access to our senior managers, we distinguish ourselves from larger, regional banks operating in our market areas, while our larger capital base and product mix enable us to compete effectively against smaller banks. As a result, we believe we have a substantial opportunity to attract experienced management, loan officers and banking customers. We believe this will provide us a competitive advantage as we continue to expand into attractive, high growth markets within the Boston metropolitan area through the establishment of de novo bank branch offices, the potential acquisition of community banks and bank branches, and organic expansion where possible by growing our existing branches in their respective communities.

Our strategies center on our continued development into a full-service, community-oriented bank and the expansion of our branch network to more adequately cover the large geography of the Boston metropolitan area. In order to realize these objectives, we are pursuing the following strategies:

Emphasizing growth in commercial lending . We have diversified our loan portfolio by increasing the percentage of our assets consisting of higher-yielding commercial and industrial loans and commercial real estate loans with higher risk-adjusted returns, shorter maturities and more sensitivity to interest rate fluctuations, while still providing high quality loan products for single-family residential borrowers. We have a highly competitive suite of cash management services, technology solutions, and internal support expertise specific to the needs of small to mid-sized commercial business customers. In 2011, we significantly expanded our commercial and industrial lending platform with the establishment of a new corporate banking division comprised of a veteran team of bankers and related underwriting personnel that enhanced our presence in all of our market areas and strengthened our business product offerings and cash management expertise. During 2011, we also successfully expanded our commercial real estate loan origination capacity by adding a team of experienced loan originators and related underwriting personnel. We believe that we distinguish ourselves from larger, national banks operating in our market areas by offering quicker decision making in the delivery of our products and services and competitive customer-driven products with excellent service and responsiveness, and by providing customer access to our senior managers, while our larger capital base and product mix enable us to compete effectively against smaller banks. Our lending staff is experienced and knowledgeable about local commercial business in our markets, enabling us to build on the relationship-style banking that is our hallmark. We also intend to selectively add additional products to provide diversification of revenue sources and to capture our customer’s full relationship. We intend to continue to expand our business by cross selling our loan and deposit products and services to our customers.

Hiring experienced employees with a customer service focus. We have been successful in attracting and retaining banking professionals with strong community relationships and significant knowledge of our markets which is central to our business strategy. Exceptional service, local involvement and timely decision making are integral parts of our business strategy, and we have attracted highly qualified and highly motivated individuals. We believe that by focusing on experienced bankers who are established in their communities, we enhance our market position and add profitable growth opportunities. Our compensation and incentive systems are aligned with our strategies to grow core deposits and commercial loans, while maintaining asset quality. We have a strong corporate culture based on personal accountability, high ethical standards and significant training opportunities, which is supported by our commitment to career development and promotion from within the organization.

Improving profitability through disciplined pricing, expense control and balance sheet management. We have achieved many milestones over the last five years as we have grown total assets to $3.3 billion at December 31, 2014 from $1.8 billion at December 31, 2010. Since 2002, we have opened 14 de novo branches, the most recent in November 2013, and acquired six branch offices in our 2010 acquisition of Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank. We intend to continue our geographic expansion in the greater Boston metropolitan area by

 

46


Table of Contents

opening de novo branches in communities contiguous to those we currently serve, as opportunities present themselves in favorable locations. We have also focused significant efforts and invested heavily in our infrastructure to support future growth, creating brand awareness, competitive products and a strong and experienced workforce. We believe these initiatives have positioned us well to implement a strategy focused on improving operating efficiency and earnings growth. While we expect to continue to drive an appropriate level of loan and deposit growth, we will keenly focus on enhancing our profitability by exercising a disciplined approach to product pricing, expense control and balance sheet mix.

Expanding our presence and market share in contiguous and nearby market areas and capturing business opportunities resulting from changes in the competitive environment. Over the last several years, our markets have been subject to large-scale consolidation of local community banks primarily by larger, out-of-state financial institutions. We believe there is a large customer base in our market that prefers doing business with a local institution and may be dissatisfied with the service received from larger regional banks. We believe that opportunities currently exist in contiguous and nearby market areas to grow our franchise and to complement our primary market areas. In addition, by delivering high quality, customer-focused products and services, we expect to attract additional borrowers and depositors and thus increase our market share and revenue generation.

We believe the success of our strategy is evidenced by the growth of our deposits to $2.504 billion at December 31, 2014 from $1.460 billion at December 31, 2010, and net loans, which increased to $2.649 billion at December 31, 2014 from $1.174 billion at December 31, 2010. We also believe that community bank consolidation will continue to take place and further believe that, with our capital and liquidity positions, we will be positioned to take advantage of industry consolidation through de novo branching, potential acquisition of individual branches, and the potential for whole bank acquisitions. We do not, however, currently have any understandings or agreements regarding any specific acquisition transaction and will be disciplined when evaluating and deciding on future expansion, acquisitions and de novo branching opportunities. Our focus will be on the Massachusetts markets we know and understand, with a primary view toward continued growth in the Boston metropolitan area. We believe our management team’s unique understanding of the Massachusetts market facilitates our growth into locations that will provide the right complement to our existing franchise and geographic footprint.

It is our intention to achieve significant market penetration in a relatively short period of time when we enter a new market. In advance of any branch expansion we hire experienced local bankers and make a concerted effort to establish as many high profile contacts as possible in the new target area. We are focused on generating key loan relationships and capturing significant deposit market share in our markets. Upon commencement of operations in a new location, we monitor and aggressively pursue a core deposit strategy that enhances profitability and we believe provides quality market penetration in the most expedient manner.

Managing credit risk to maintain a low level of nonperforming assets, and interest rate risk to optimize our net interest margin. Managing risk is an essential part of successfully managing a financial institution. Credit risk and interest rate risk are two prominent risk exposures that we face. Credit risk is the risk of not collecting the interest and/or the principal balance of a loan or investment when it is due. Our strategy for credit risk management focuses on having well-defined credit policies and uniform underwriting criteria and providing prompt attention to potential problem loans. We believe that strong asset quality is a key to long-term financial success. We have sought to grow and diversify the loan portfolio, while maintaining a strong asset quality and moderate credit risk, using underwriting standards that we believe are conservative, as well as diligent monitoring of the portfolio and loans in non-accrual status and on-going collection efforts. Although we will continue to originate commercial real estate, multi-family, commercial and industrial, and construction loans, we intend to continue our philosophy of managing large loan exposures through our experienced, risk-based approach to lending. In addition, we intend to remain focused on lending within our immediate market area, with a specific focus on commercial customers disaffected by their relationships with larger banks as a result of turmoil in the industry.

Interest rate risk is the potential reduction of net interest income as a result of changes in interest rates. Our earnings and the market value of our assets and liabilities are subject to fluctuations caused by changes in the level of interest rates. We manage the interest rate sensitivity of our interest-bearing liabilities and interest-

 

47


Table of Contents

earning assets in an effort to minimize the adverse effects of changes in the interest rate environment. To reduce the potential volatility of our earnings, we have sought to improve the match between asset and liability maturities and rates, while maintaining an acceptable interest rate spread. Our strategy for managing interest rate risk emphasizes: originating loans with adjustable interest rates; selling the residential real estate fixed-rate loans with terms greater than 10 years that we originate; promoting core deposit products; and adjusting the interest rates and maturities of funding sources, as necessary.

Increasing core deposits through aggressive marketing and the offering of new deposit products. Deposits are our primary source of funds for investing and lending. Core deposits, which include all deposit account types except certificates of deposit, comprised 71.7% of our total deposits at December 31, 2014, up from 69.9% of total deposits at December 31, 2013. We value our core deposits because they represent a lower cost of funding and are generally less sensitive to withdrawal when interest rates fluctuate as compared to certificate of deposit accounts. We market core deposits through the internet, in-branch and local mail, print and television advertising, as well as programs that link various accounts and services together, minimizing service fees. We will continue to customize existing deposit products and introduce new products to meet the needs of our customers.

Continuing to grow and diversify our sources of non-interest income. Our profits rely heavily on the spread between the interest earned on loans and securities and interest paid on deposits and borrowings. In order to decrease our reliance on interest rate spread income, we have pursued initiatives to increase non-interest income. Our focus on attaining additional deposit customer relationships and balances has enabled us to increase income from customer service fees to $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $7.1 million and $6.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. We have also increased our mortgage banking activities in recent years. We also offer non-deposit financial products, including mutual funds, annuities, stocks, bonds, life insurance and long-term care.

Balance Sheet Analysis

Assets . Our total assets increased $596.4 million, or 22.2%, to $3.279 billion at December 31, 2014 from $2.682 billion at December 31, 2013, reflecting net cash proceeds of $302.3 million raised in the Company’s second-step common stock offering completed on July 28, 2014. Net loans increased $383.5 million, or 16.9%, to $2.649 billion at December 31, 2014 from $2.265 billion at December 31, 2013. Cash and due from banks increased $119.5 million, or 138.5%, to $205.7 million at December 31, 2014 from $86.3 million at December 31, 2013. The increase in cash and due from banks was primarily due to net cash proceeds raised in the Company’s second-step common stock offering. Additional net cash proceeds from the stock offering were invested in certificates of deposit and securities available for sale. Securities available for sale increased $2.4 million, or 1.2%, to $203.5 million at December 31, 2014 from $201.1 million at December 31, 2013.

Loan Portfolio Analysis. At December 31, 2014, net loans were $2.649 billion, or 80.8% of total assets. During the year ended December 31, 2014, net loans increased $383.5 million, or 16.9%. The increase was primarily due to increases of $174.3 million in commercial real estate loans, $83.8 million in commercial and industrial loans, $60.6 million in multi-family loans and $57.2 million in construction loans, excluding a reclassification during the first quarter of $60.9 million of commercial real estate loans to multi-family loans in accordance with regulatory guidance.

 

48


Table of Contents

Our loan portfolio consists primarily of residential real estate, commercial real estate, construction, commercial and industrial, and consumer segments. The residential real estate loans include classes for one- to four-family, multi-family and home equity lines of credit. There are no foreign loans outstanding. Interest rates charged on loans are affected principally by the demand for such loans, the supply of money available for lending purposes and the rates offered by our competitors. Loan detail by category was as follows:

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         
    At December 31,  
    2014     2013     2012     2011     2010  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate loans:

                   

Residential real estate:

                   

One- to four-family

  $ 468,560        17.5   $ 454,148        19.8   $ 443,228        24.5   $ 417,889        30.9   $ 402,887        34.0

Multi-family

    409,675        15.3        288,172        12.6        178,948        9.9        176,668        13.0        135,290        11.4   

Home equity lines of credit

    50,091        1.9        54,499        2.4        60,907        3.4        60,989        4.5        62,750        5.3   

Commercial real estate

    1,145,820        42.8        1,032,408        45.0        795,642        44.0        528,585        39.0        433,504        36.6   

Construction

    265,980        9.9        208,799        9.1        173,255        9.6        93,158        6.9        113,142        9.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

    2,340,126        87.4        2,038,026        88.9        1,651,980        91.4        1,277,289        94.3        1,147,573        96.9   

Commercial and industrial

    330,813        12.3        247,005        10.8        147,814        8.2        71,544        5.3        30,189        2.6   

Consumer

    8,772        0.3        7,225        0.3        7,143        0.4        5,195        0.4        6,043        0.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

    2,679,711        100.0     2,292,256        100.0     1,806,937        100.0     1,354,028        100.0     1,183,805        100.0
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

    (28,469       (25,335       (20,504       (13,053       (10,155  

Net deferred loan origination costs (fees)

    (2,335       (1,521       (94       326          (88  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Loans, net

  $ 2,648,907        $ 2,265,400        $ 1,786,339        $ 1,341,301        $ 1,173,562     
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Loan Maturity. The following table sets forth certain information at December 31, 2014 regarding the dollar amount of loan principal repayments becoming due during the periods indicated. The table does not include any estimate of prepayments which significantly shorten the average life of all loans and may cause our actual repayment experience to differ from that shown below. Demand loans having no stated schedule of repayments and no stated maturity are reported as due in one year or less. The amounts shown below exclude net deferred loan origination fees. Our adjustable-rate mortgage loans generally do not provide for downward adjustments below the initial discounted contract rate, other than declines due to a decline in the index rate.

 

                                                                                                   
       December 31, 2014  
       Real estate        Commercial
and industrial
       Consumer        Total  
       (In thousands)  

Amounts due in:

                   

One year or less

     $ 139,602         $ 28,899         $ 519         $ 169,020   

More than one to five years

       206,953           35,391           8,253           250,597   

More than five to ten years

       264,039           22,557                     286,596   

More than ten years

       1,729,532           243,966                     1,973,498   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     $ 2,340,126         $ 330,813         $ 8,772         $ 2,679,711   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Interest rate terms on amounts due after one year:

                   

Fixed-rate loans

     $ 442,340         $ 44,741         $ 8,253         $ 495,334   

Adjustable-rate loans

       1,758,184           257,173                     2,015,357   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     $ 2,200,524         $ 301,914         $ 8,253         $ 2,510,691   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

49


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2014, our loan portfolio consisted of $570.6 million of fixed-rate loans and $2.109 billion of adjustable-rate loans.

Asset Quality

Credit Risk Management. Our strategy for credit risk management focuses on having well-defined credit policies and uniform underwriting criteria and providing prompt attention to potential problem loans. Management of asset quality is accomplished by internal controls, monitoring and reporting of key risk indicators, and both internal and independent third-party loan reviews. The primary objective of our loan review process is to measure borrower performance and assess risk for the purpose of identifying loan weakness in order to minimize loan loss exposure. From the time of loan origination through final repayment, multi-family, commercial real estate, construction, and commercial and industrial loans are assigned a risk rating based on pre-determined criteria and levels of risk. The risk rating is monitored annually for most loans; however, it may change during the life of the loan as appropriate.

Internal and independent third-party loan reviews vary by loan type, as well as the nature and complexity of the loan. Depending on the size and complexity of the loan, some loans may warrant detailed individual review, while other loans may have less risk based upon size, or be of a homogeneous nature reducing the need for detailed individual analysis. Assets with these characteristics, such as consumer loans and loans secured by residential real estate, may be reviewed on the basis of risk indicators such as delinquency or credit rating. In cases of significant concern, a total re-evaluation of the loan and associated risks are documented by completing a loan risk assessment and action plan. Some loans may be re-evaluated in terms of their fair market value or net realizable value in order to determine the likelihood of potential loss exposure and, consequently, the adequacy of specific and general loan loss reserves.

When a borrower fails to make a required loan payment, we take a number of steps to have the borrower cure the delinquency and restore the loan to current status, including contacting the borrower by letter and phone at regular intervals. When the borrower is in default, we may commence collection proceedings. If a foreclosure action is instituted and the loan is not brought current, paid in full, or refinanced before the foreclosure sale, the real property securing the loan generally is sold at foreclosure. Management informs the Executive Committee monthly of the amount of loans delinquent more than 30 days. Management provides detailed information to the Board of Directors on loans 60 or more days past due and all loans in foreclosure and repossessed property that we own.

Delinquencies. Total past due loans decreased $9.9 million, or 28.8%, to $24.6 million at December 31, 2014 from $34.5 million at December 31, 2013, reflecting decreases of $7.4 million in loans 90 days or greater past due and $2.5 million in loans 30 to 89 days past due. Delinquent loans at December 31, 2014 included $7.8 million of loans acquired in the Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank merger completed in January 2010, including $3.1 million that were 30 to 59 days past due, $761,000 that were 60 to 89 days past due and $4.0 million that were 90 days or greater past due. At December 31, 2014, non-accrual loans exceeded loans 90 days or greater past due primarily due to loans which were placed on non-accrual status based on a determination that the ultimate collection of all principal and interest due was not expected and certain loans that remain on non-accrual status until they attain a sustained payment history of six months.

Non-performing Assets. Non-performing assets include loans that are 90 or more days past due or on non-accrual status, including troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) on non-accrual status, and real estate and other loan collateral acquired through foreclosure and repossession. Loans 90 days or greater past due may remain on an accrual basis if adequately collateralized and in the process of collection. At December 31, 2014, we did not have any accruing loans past due 90 days or greater. For non-accrual loans, interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed and charged against income at the time a loan is placed on non-accrual status. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Real estate that we acquire as a result of foreclosure or by deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is classified as foreclosed real estate until it is sold. When property is acquired, it is initially recorded at the fair value less costs to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Holding costs and declines in fair value after

 

50


Table of Contents

acquisition of the property result in charges against income. The following table provides information with respect to our non-performing assets at the dates indicated.

 

                                                                                                                            
       At December 31,  
       2014      2013      2012      2011      2010  
       (Dollars in thousands)  

Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis:

                

Real estate loans:

                

Residential real estate:

                

One- to four-family

     $ 14,649       $ 17,622       $ 18,870       $ 15,795       $ 11,529   

Multi-family

                       976         1,605         2,246   

Home equity lines of credit

       2,277         2,689         2,674         1,765         2,408   

Commercial real estate

       5,311         8,972         8,844         11,588         11,290   

Construction

       8,417         11,298         7,785         22,434         15,326   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

       30,654         40,581         39,149         53,187         42,799   

Commercial and industrial

       855         949         424         508         335   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-accrual loans(1)

       31,509         41,530         39,573         53,695         43,134   

Foreclosed assets

       1,046         1,390         2,604         3,853         4,080   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

     $ 32,555       $ 42,920       $ 42,177       $ 57,548       $ 47,214   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-accrual loans to total loans

       1.18      1.81      2.19      3.97      3.64

Non-accrual loans to total assets

       0.96      1.55      1.74      2.72      2.35

Non-performing assets to total assets

       0.99      1.60      1.85      2.91      2.57
                

 

(1)

TDRs on accrual status not included above totaled $14.5 million at December 31, 2014, $4.1 million at December 31, 2013, $6.8 million at December 31, 2012, $1.3 million at December 31, 2011 and $1.3 million at December 31, 2010.

Non-performing assets decreased to $32.6 million or 0.99% of total assets, at December 31, 2014, from $42.9 million, or 1.60% of total assets, at December 31, 2013, following an increase from $42.2 million, or 1.85% of total assets, at December 31, 2012. Non-performing assets at December 31, 2014 included $11.5 million of assets acquired in the Mt. Washington merger, all of which were non-accrual loans. Interest income that would have been recorded for the year ended December 31, 2014 had non-accruing loans been current according to their original terms amounted to $567,000. Construction loans, including related foreclosed real estate, represented approximately 26.7% of our non-performing assets at December 31, 2014.

Non-accrual loans decreased $10.0 million, or 24.1%, to $31.5 million, or 1.18% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2014, from $41.5 million, or 1.81% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2013, primarily due to decreases of $3.7 million in non-accrual commercial real estate loans, $3.0 million in non-accrual one- to four-family loans and $2.9 million in non-accrual construction loans. The decrease of in non-accrual one- to four- family loans during 2014 resulted from continued account monitoring, collection and workout efforts. The decrease in non-accrual commercial real estate loans during 2014 resulted from one commercial TDR that was transferred to accrual status following a structural modification that added new collateral and improved the debt service coverage and loan to value ratios. The decrease in non-accrual construction loans during 2014 was primarily due to the disposition of two construction loan relationships classified as TDRs. See “— Trouble Debt Restructurings.”

Achieving and maintaining a moderate risk profile by aggressively managing troubled assets has been and will continue to be a primary focus for us. Non-accrual loans have decreased significantly from $53.7 million at

 

51


Table of Contents

December 31, 2011 or 3.97% of total loans outstanding at that date to 1.18% at December 31, 2014. At December 31, 2014, our allowance for loan losses was $28.5 million, or 1.06% of total loans and 90.4% of non-accrual loans, compared to $25.3 million, or 1.11% of total loans and 61.0% of non-performing loans at December 31, 2013. We increased our allowance primarily as a result of growth in the loan portfolio, in particular commercial loans. Included in our allowance at December 31, 2014 was a general component of $28.2 million, which is based upon our evaluation of various factors relating to loans not deemed to be impaired. We continue to believe our level of non-performing loans and assets, which declined significantly during the past two years, is manageable and we believe that we have sufficient capital and human resources to manage the collection of our non-performing assets in an orderly fashion.

Foreclosed real estate decreased $344,000, or 24.7%, to $1.0 million at December 31, 2014 from $1.4 million at December 31, 2013. At December 31, 2014, foreclosed real estate consisted of a townhouse construction development project and one residential building lot. We continue to be actively engaged with our borrowers in resolving remaining problem assets and with the effective management of real estate owned as a result of foreclosures.

Troubled Debt Restructurings. In the course of resolving loans of borrowers with financial difficulties, we may choose to restructure the contractual terms of certain loans, with terms modified to fit the ability of the borrower to repay in line with its current financial status. A loan is considered a troubled debt restructure if, for reasons related to the debtor’s financial difficulties, a concession is granted to the debtor that would not otherwise be considered.

The following table summarizes our TDRs at the dates indicated.

 

                                                                          
       At December 31,  
       2014        2013        2012  
       (In thousands)  

TDRs on accrual status:

              

One- to four-family

     $ 2,946         $ 2,588         $ 1,992   

Multi-family

       1,443           109           110   

Home equity lines of credit

       20           21           22   

Commercial real estate

       9,950           1,368           1,393   

Construction

       121                     3,319   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total TDRs on accrual status

       14,480           4,086           6,836   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

TDRs on non-accrual status:

              

One- to four-family

       1,469           1,500           2,493   

Commercial real estate

       283           4,309           4,466   

Construction

       6,496           9,489           3,838   

Commercial and industrial

       186           192             
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total TDRs on non-accrual status

       8,434           15,490           10,797   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total TDRs

     $ 22,914         $ 19,576         $ 17,633   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total TDRs increased $3.3 million, or 17.1%, to $22.9 million at December 31, 2014 from $19.6 million at December 31, 2013, consisting of an increase of $10.4 million in TDRs on accrual status partially offset by a decrease of $7.1 million in TDRs on non-accrual status. The increase of $8.6 million in commercial real estate TDRs on accrual status during 2014 resulted from one commercial TDR that was transferred from non-accrual status following a structural modification that added $5.7 million to the loan balance along with new collateral and improved the debt service coverage and loan to value ratios. The decrease of $3.0 million in non-accrual construction TDRs during 2014 was primarily due to the disposition of two construction loan relationships. Modifications of TDRs consist of rate reductions, loan term extensions or provisions for interest-only payments for specified periods up to 12 months. We have generally been successful with the concessions we have offered to borrowers to date. We generally return TDRs to accrual status when they have sustained payments for six

 

52


Table of Contents

months based on the restructured terms and future payments are reasonably assured. Interest income that would have been recorded for the year ended December 31, 2014 had TDRs been current according to their original terms amounted to $173,000. We recognized $769,000 of interest income on TDRs for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Potential Problem Loans. Certain loans are identified during our loan review process that are currently performing in accordance with their contractual terms and we expect to receive payment in full of principal and interest, but it is deemed probable that we will be unable to collect all the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. This may result from deteriorating conditions such as cash flows, collateral values or creditworthiness of the borrower. These loans are classified as impaired but are not accounted for on a non-accrual basis.

Other potential problem loans are those loans that are currently performing, but where known information about possible credit problems of the borrowers causes us to have concerns as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with contractual loan repayment terms. These other potential problem loans are generally loans classified as “substandard” or 5-rated loans in accordance with our nine-grade internal loan rating system that is consistent with guidelines established by banking regulators. At December 31, 2014, other potential problem loans totaled $24.8 million, including $17.7 million of construction loans and $7.2 million of multi-family loans.

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at levels considered adequate by management to provide for probable loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the consolidated balance sheet reporting dates. The allowance for loan losses is based on management’s assessment of various factors affecting the loan portfolio, including portfolio composition, delinquent and non-accrual loans, national and local business conditions and loss experience and an overall evaluation of the quality of the underlying collateral.

 

53


Table of Contents

Changes in the allowance for loan losses during the years indicated were as follows:

 

                                                                                                                            
       Years Ended December 31,  
       2014      2013      2012      2011      2010  
       (Dollars in thousands)  

Beginning balance

     $ 25,335       $ 20,504       $ 13,053       $ 10,155       $ 9,242   

Provision for loan losses

       3,313         6,470         8,581         3,663         3,181   

Charge offs:

                

One- to four-family

       54         531         599         192         826   

Multi-family

               96         72                 71   

Home equity lines of credit

       5                 52         123         122   

Commercial real estate

       116                 719         150         378   

Construction

       71         1,362         398         869         1,322   

Commercial and industrial

       72         288                 72         93   

Consumer

       187         283         164         96         199   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

       505         2,560         2,004         1,502         3,011   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Recoveries:

                

One- to four-family

       67         232         326         128         85   

Multi-family

                       28         43           

Home equity lines of credit

                               5           

Commercial real estate

       30                 227         17           

Construction

       137         555         242         497         561   

Commercial and industrial

       8         24         11                 8   

Consumer

       84         110         40         47         89   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total recoveries

       326         921         874         737         743   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

       (179      (1,639      (1,130      (765      (2,268
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

     $ 28,469       $ 25,335       $ 20,504       $ 13,053       $ 10,155   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance to non-accrual loans

       90.35      61.00      51.81      24.31      23.54

Allowance to total loans outstanding

       1.06      1.11      1.13      0.96      0.86

Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding

       0.01      0.08      0.07      0.06      0.19

Our provision for loan losses was $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The changes in the provision for loan losses were based on management’s assessment of loan portfolio growth and composition changes, declines in historical charge-off trends, an ongoing evaluation of credit quality and improving economic conditions. The allowance for loan losses was $28.5 million or 1.06% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2014, compared to $25.3 million or 1.11% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2013. The increases in the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were primarily due to increases in the multi-family, commercial real estate, construction, and commercial and industrial loan categories, as such loans have higher inherent credit risk than loans in our residential real estate loan categories. We continue to assess the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses in accordance with established policies.

 

54


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth the breakdown of the allowance for loan losses by loan category at the dates indicated:

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
      At December 31,  
      2014     2013     2012  
     

Amount

    Percent of
Allowance
to Total
Allowance
    Percent
of
Loans in
Category
of Total
Loans
    Amount     Percent of
Allowance
to Total
Allowance
    Percent
of
Loans in
Category
of Total
Loans
    Amount     Percent of
Allowance
to Total
Allowance
    Percent
of
Loans in
Category
of Total
Loans
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate loans:

                 

Residential real estate:

                 

One- to four-family

  $ 1,849        6.5     17.5   $ 1,991        7.9     19.8   $ 2,507        12.2     24.5

Multi-family

    3,635        12.8        15.3        2,419        9.5        12.6        1,431        7.0        9.9   

Home equity lines of credit

    100        0.4        1.9        155        0.6        2.4        226        1.1        3.4   

Commercial real estate

    13,000        45.6        42.8        12,831        50.6        45.0        10,405        50.8        44.0   

Construction

    5,155        18.1        9.9        4,374        17.3        9.1        3,656        17.8        9.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

    23,739        83.4        87.4        21,770        85.9        88.9        18,225        88.9        91.4   

Commercial and industrial

    4,633        16.3        12.3        3,433        13.6        10.8        2,174        10.6        8.2   

Consumer

    97        0.3        0.3        132        0.5        0.3        105        0.5        0.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

  $ 28,469        100.0     100.0   $ 25,335        100.0     100.0   $ 20,504        100.0     100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

                                                                                                                                                     
      At December 31,  
      2011     2010  
      Amount     Percent of
Allowance
to Total
Allowance
    Percent
of
Loans in
Category
of Total
Loans
    Amount     Percent of
Allowance
to Total
Allowance
    Percent
of
Loans in
Category
of Total
Loans
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate loans:

           

Residential real estate:

           

One- to four-family

  $ 1,861        14.3     30.9   $ 1,130        11.1     34.0

Multi-family

    1,361        10.4        13.0        1,038        10.2        11.4   

Home equity lines of credit

    245        1.9        4.5        227        2.2        5.3   

Commercial real estate

    6,980        53.4        39.0        5,238        51.7        36.6   

Construction

    1,430        11.0        6.9        2,042        20.1        9.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

    11,877        91.0        94.3        9,675        95.3        96.9   

Commercial and industrial

    1,061        8.1        5.3        448        4.4        2.6   

Consumer

    115        0.9        0.4        32        0.3        0.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

  $ 13,053        100.0     100.0   $ 10,155        100.0     100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The allowance consists of general and allocated components. The general component relates to pools of non-impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. The allocated component relates to loans that are classified as impaired, whereby an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows, collateral value or observable market price of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan.

We had impaired loans totaling $32.1 million and $33.5 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. At December 31, 2014, impaired loans totaling $3.3 million had a valuation allowance of $290,000. Impaired loans totaling $3.6 million had a valuation allowance of $376,000 at December 31, 2013. Our average

 

55


Table of Contents

investment in impaired loans was $30.3 million and $40.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment based on payment status. Accordingly, we do not separately identify individual one- to four-family residential and consumer loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are subject to a troubled debt restructuring. We periodically may agree to modify the contractual terms of loans. When a loan is modified and a concession is made to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, the modification is considered a TDR. All TDRs are initially classified as impaired.

We measure impairment on residential and commercial loans based on the fair value of collateral, if collateral-dependent, or the present value of expected cash flows. Management has reviewed the collateral value for all impaired and non-accrual loans that were collateral-dependent as of December 31, 2014 and considered any probable loss in determining the allowance for loan losses.

For residential loans measured for impairment based on the collateral value, we will do the following:

 

   

When a loan becomes seriously delinquent, generally 60 days past due, we obtain third-party appraisals that are generally the basis for charge-offs when a loss is indicated, prior to the foreclosure sale, but usually no later than when such loans are 180 days past due. We generally are able to complete the foreclosure process within six to nine months from receipt of the third-party appraisal.

 

   

We make adjustments to appraisals based on updated economic information, if necessary, prior to the foreclosure sale. We review current market factors to determine whether, in management’s opinion, downward adjustments to the most recent appraised values may be warranted. If so, we use our best estimate to apply an estimated discount rate to the appraised values to reflect current market factors.

 

   

Appraisals we receive are based on comparable property sales.

For commercial loans measured for impairment based on the collateral value, we will do the following:

 

   

We obtain a third party appraisal at the time a loan is deemed to be in a workout situation and there is no indication that the loan will return to performing status, generally when the loan is 90 days or more past due. One or more updated third party appraisals are obtained prior to foreclosure depending on the foreclosure timeline. In general we order new appraisals annually on loans in the process of foreclosure.

 

   

We make downward adjustments to appraisals when conditions warrant. Adjustments are made by applying a discount to the appraised value based on occupancy, recent changes in condition to the property and certain other factors. Adjustments are also made to appraisals for construction projects involving residential properties based on recent sales of units. Losses are recognized if the appraised value less estimated costs to sell is less than our carrying value of the loan.

 

   

Appraisals we receive are generally based on a reconciliation of comparable property sales and income capitalization approaches. For loans on construction projects involving residential properties, appraisals are generally based on a discounted cash flow analysis assuming a bulk sale to a single buyer.

Loans that are partially charged off generally remain on non-accrual status until foreclosure or such time that they are performing in accordance with the terms of the loan and have a sustained payment history of at least six months. The accrual of interest is generally discontinued when the contractual payment of principal or interest has become 90 days past due or management has serious doubts about further collectability of principal or interest, even though the loan is currently performing. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when we

 

56


Table of Contents

believe the uncollectability of a loan balance is confirmed; for collateral-dependent loans, generally when appraised values (as adjusted values, if applicable) less estimated costs to sell, are less than our carrying values.

Although we believe that we use the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary and our results of operations could be adversely affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the determinations. Furthermore, while we believe we have established our allowance for loan losses in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, there can be no assurance that regulators, in reviewing our loan portfolio, will not require us to increase our allowance for loan losses. In addition, because future events affecting borrowers and collateral cannot be predicted with certainty, there can be no assurance that the existing allowance for loan losses is adequate or that increases will not be necessary should the quality of any loans deteriorate as a result of the factors discussed above. Any material increase in the allowance for loan losses may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Securities Portfolio

At December 31, 2014, our securities portfolio was $203.5 million, or 6.2% of total assets. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the securities portfolio increased $2.4 million, or 1.2%. At that date, 24.3% of the securities portfolio, or $49.5 million, was invested in corporate bonds. The amortized cost and fair value of corporate bonds in the financial services sector was $37.9 million and $38.3 million, respectively. The remainder of the corporate bond portfolio includes companies from a variety of industries. Refer to Note 2, Securities Available for Sale, in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data within this report for more detail regarding industry concentrations in our corporate bond portfolio. The portfolio also includes debt securities issued by government-sponsored enterprises, U.S. treasury securities, municipal bonds, mortgage-backed securities issued by government-sponsored enterprises and private companies and marketable equity securities. Included in marketable equity securities are money market mutual funds and common stocks. We purchase marketable equity securities with the intent to generate long-term capital gains through purchasing investment grade dividend paying securities in companies with relatively low long-term debt and a history of sustained earnings and above-average growth. We typically initiate a securities position based on market opportunities and add to our position through dollar cost averaging on a monthly basis.

 

57


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the amortized cost and fair value of our securities, all of which at the dates indicated were available for sale.

 

                                                                                                                                                     
    At December 31,  
    2014     2013     2012  
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
 
    (In thousands)  

Debt securities:

           

Corporate bonds

  $ 48,793      $ 49,455      $ 91,816      $ 93,388      $ 117,714      $ 121,420   

Government-sponsored enterprises

    34,548        34,200        34,562        33,148        53,084        53,149   

U.S. treasury securities

    24,991        24,937                               

Municipal bonds

    5,441        5,623        5,721        5,858        7,236        7,461   

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

           

Government-sponsored enterprises

    8,754        9,340        11,138        11,730        16,280        17,298   

Private label

    1,410        1,496        1,578        1,664        3,169        3,309   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities

    123,937        125,051        144,815        145,788        197,483        202,637   

Marketable equity securities:

           

Common stocks

    52,917        57,445        46,841        53,325        42,406        46,334   

Money market mutual funds

    21,060        21,025        2,065        2,024        13,833        13,814   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total marketable equity securities

    73,977        78,470        48,906        55,349        56,239        60,148   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 197,914      $ 203,521      $ 193,721      $ 201,137      $ 253,722      $ 262,785   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014, we had no investments in a single company or entity, other than Government-sponsored enterprises, that had an aggregate book value in excess of 10% of our equity.

The following table sets forth the stated maturities and weighted average yields of the securities at December 31, 2014.

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         
    One Year or Less     More than One Year to
Five Years
    More than Five Years
to Ten Years
    More than Ten Years     Total  
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Debt securities:

                   

Corporate bonds

  $ 18,502        2.85   $ 30,291        2.00   $          $          $ 48,793        2.33

Government-sponsored enterprises

    48        4.79        23,500        1.18        11,000        1.12                      34,548        1.17   

U.S. treasury securities

                  24,991        0.52                                    24,991        0.52   

Municipal bonds

    802        3.56        4,639        3.08                                    5,441        3.15   

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

                   

Government-sponsored
enterprises

                                1,283        4.58        7,471        4.27        8,754        4.31   

Private label

                                              1,410        5.42        1,410        5.42   
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total debt securities

  $ 19,352        2.89   $ 83,421        1.39   $ 12,283        1.48   $ 8,881        4.45   $ 123,937        1.85
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Each reporting period, we evaluate all securities with a decline in fair value below the amortized cost of the investment to determine whether or not the impairment is deemed to be other-than-temporary. OTTI is required to be recognized if (1) we intend to sell the security; (2) it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) for debt securities, the present value of expected cash flows is not sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis. Marketable equity securities are evaluated for OTTI based on the severity and duration of the impairment and, if deemed to be other than temporary, the declines in fair value are reflected in earnings as realized losses. For impaired debt securities that we intend to sell, or more likely than not will be required to sell, the full amount of the depreciation is recognized as OTTI

 

58


Table of Contents

through earnings. For all other impaired debt securities, credit-related OTTI is recognized through earnings and non-credit related OTTI is recognized in other comprehensive income/loss, net of applicable taxes. At December 31, 2014, unrealized losses in our debt portfolio ranged from 0% to 2.9% of amortized cost, and unrealized losses in our equity portfolio ranged from 0% to 35.0% of cost.

As of December 31, 2014, the net unrealized gain on the total debt securities portfolio was $1.1 million. The most significant market valuation decrease related to any one debt security within the portfolio at December 31, 2014 is $52,000. We have no indication that the issuer will be unable to continue to service the obligations, and management does intend not to sell, and more likely than not will not be required to sell, such bond before the earlier of recovery or maturity. As a result, management considers the decline in market value to be temporary. No other debt securities had a market decline greater than 2.9% of amortized cost.

As of December 31, 2014, the net unrealized gain on the total marketable equity securities portfolio was $4.5 million. The most significant market valuation decrease related to any one equity security within the portfolio at December 31, 2014 is $305,000. Although the issuers have shown declines in earnings as a result of market and economic conditions, no credit issues have been identified that cause management to believe the decline in market value is other than temporary, and we have the ability and intent to hold these investments until a recovery of fair value. In analyzing an equity issuer’s financial condition, management considers industry analysts’ reports, financial performance and projected target prices of investment analysts within a one-year time frame.

Refer to Note 2, Securities Available for Sale, in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data within this report for more detail regarding our assessment of other-than-temporary impairment.

Deposits

Deposits are a major source of our funds for lending and other investment purposes. Deposit inflows and outflows are significantly influenced by general interest rates and money market conditions. Our deposit base is comprised of demand, NOW, money market, regular savings and other deposits, and certificates of deposit. We consider demand, NOW, money market, and regular savings and other deposits to be core deposits. Total deposits increased $255.3 million, or 11.4%, to $2.504 billion at December 31, 2014 from $2.249 billion at December 31, 2013. Our continuing focus on the acquisition and expansion of core deposit relationships resulted in net growth in core deposits of $223.1 million, or 14.2%, to $1.796 billion, or 71.7% of total deposits.

The following table sets forth the average balances of deposits for the periods indicated.

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2014     2013     2012  
    Average
Balance
    Average
Rate
    Percent
of Total
Deposits
    Average
Balance
    Average
Rate
    Percent
of Total
Deposits
    Average
Balance
    Average
Rate
    Percent
of Total
Deposits
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Demand deposits

  $ 302,417            11.4   $ 226,691            11.4   $ 172,258            10.9

NOW deposits

    249,919        0.60        11.8        187,426        0.53        9.4        154,375        0.48        9.7   

Money market deposits

    879,211        0.89        37.6        718,159        0.91        37.6        523,133        0.86        32.5   

Regular savings and other deposits

    267,145        0.26        10.9        252,723        0.26        11.5        231,274        0.38        13.2   

Certificates of deposit

    678,443        1.19        28.3        676,345        1.31        30.1        630,349        1.53        33.7   
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total

  $ 2,377,135        0.76     100.0   $ 2,061,344        0.83     100.0   $ 1,711,389        0.92     100.0
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

59


Table of Contents

The following table indicates the amount of certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2014.

 

                        
        

Certificates
of Deposit

 
       (In thousands)  

Maturity Period:

  

Three months or less

     $ 52,963   

Over three through six months

       113,323   

Over six through twelve months

       139,453   

Over twelve months

       121,820   
    

 

 

 

Total

     $ 427,559   
    

 

 

 

Borrowings

We use borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston to supplement our supply of funds for loans and investments. In addition, we may also purchase federal funds from local banking institutions as an additional short-term funding source for the Bank. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston advances totaled $171.9 million and $161.9 million, respectively, with a weighted average rate of 1.28% and 1.48%, respectively. Total borrowings increased $10.0 million, or 6.2%, during the year ended December 31, 2014, reflecting new advances with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston totaling $57.1 million with terms of one to three years and fixed interest rates of 0.33% to 1.44% during the year ended December 31, 2014. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company prepaid $40.0 million of FHLB advances with a weighted average interest rate of 1.12%. The advances had fixed interest rates with maturities ranging from July 2017 through April 2018 and did not result in an FHLB prepayment penalty. At December 31, 2014, we also had an available line of credit of $9.4 million with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston at an interest rate that adjusts daily, none of which was outstanding at that date.

Information relating to borrowings, including the federal funds purchased, is detailed in the following table.

 

                                                                          
       Years Ended December 31,  
       2014      2013      2012  
       (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance outstanding at end of year

     $ 171,899       $ 161,903       $ 161,254   

Average amount outstanding during the year

     $ 189,247       $ 179,708       $ 152,730   

Weighted average interest rate during the year

       1.31      1.72      2.10

Maximum outstanding at any month end

     $ 211,340       $ 188,576       $ 182,061   

Weighted average interest rate at end of year

       1.28      1.48      2.05

Stockholders’ Equity

Total stockholders’ equity increased $328.5 million, or 131.8%, to $577.7 million at December 31, 2014, from $249.2 million at December 31, 2013. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily the result of the Company’s second-step common stock offering and $22.3 million in net income, partially offset by decrease of $1.2 million in net accumulated other comprehensive income reflecting a decrease in the fair value of available for sale securities, net of tax. Stockholders’ equity to assets was 17.62% at December 31, 2014, compared to 9.29% at December 31, 2013. Book value per share increased to $10.56 at December 31, 2014 from $4.58 at December 31, 2013. Tangible book value per share increased to $10.31 at December 31, 2014 from $4.33 at December 31, 2013. At December 31, 2014, the Company and the Bank continued to exceed all regulatory capital requirements.

 

60


Table of Contents

Average Balance Sheets and Related Yields and Rates

The following table presents information regarding average balances of assets and liabilities, the total dollar amounts of interest income and dividends from average interest-earning assets, the total dollar amounts of interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities and the resulting annualized average yields and costs. The yields and costs for the periods indicated are derived by dividing income or expense by the average balances of assets or liabilities, respectively, for the periods presented. For purposes of this table, average balances have been calculated using daily average balances, and non-accrual loans are included in average balances but are not deemed material. Loan fees are included in interest income on loans but are not material.

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2014     2013     2012  
    Average
Balance
    Interest
(1)
    Yield/
Cost(1)
    Average
Balance
    Interest
(1)
    Yield/
Cost(1)
    Average
Balance
    Interest
(1)
    Yield/
Cost (1)
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Assets:

                 

Interest-earning assets:

                 

Loans (2)

  $ 2,427,538      $ 106,519        4.39   $ 2,010,624      $ 90,680        4.51   $ 1,550,707      $ 76,826        4.95

Securities and certificates of deposits

    188,543        4,732        2.51        227,695        6,122        2.69        298,918        9,224        3.09   

Other interest-earning assets (3)

    249,482        747        0.30        144,689        344        0.24        135,183        332        0.25   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-earning assets

    2,865,563        111,998        3.91        2,383,008        97,146        4.08        1,984,808        86,382        4.35   
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Noninterest-earning assets

    113,464            117,506            124,727       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total assets

  $ 2,979,027          $ 2,500,514          $ 2,109,535       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity:

                 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                 

NOW deposits

  $ 249,919        1,489        0.60      $ 187,426        994        0.53      $ 154,375        741        0.48   

Money market deposits

    879,211        7,812        0.89        718,159        6,530        0.91        523,133        4,484        0.86   

Regular savings and other deposits

    267,145        690        0.26        252,723        663        0.26        231,274        887        0.38   

Certificates of deposit

    678,443        8,050        1.19        676,345        8,866        1.31        630,349        9,627        1.53   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing deposits

    2,074,718        18,041        0.87        1,834,653        17,053        0.93        1,539,131        15,739        1.02   

Borrowings

    189,247        2,472        1.31        179,708        3,082        1.72        152,730        3,206        2.10   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    2,263,965        20,513        0.91        2,014,361        20,135        1.00        1,691,861        18,945        1.12   
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

    302,417            226,691            172,258       

Other noninterest-bearing liabilities

    20,325            17,924            16,166       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities

    2,586,707            2,258,976            1,880,285       

Total stockholders’ equity

    392,320            241,538            229,250       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 2,979,027          $ 2,500,514          $ 2,109,535       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest-earning assets

  $ 601,598          $ 368,647          $ 292,947       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Fully tax-equivalent net interest income

      91,485            77,011            67,437     

Less: tax-equivalent adjustments

      (3,319         (1,942         (1,413  
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Net interest income

    $ 88,166          $ 75,069          $ 66,024     
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Interest rate spread (1)(4)

        3.00         3.08         3.23

Net interest margin (1)(5)

        3.19         3.23         3.40

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

      126.57         118.30         117.32  

Supplemental Information:

                 

Total deposits, including noninterest-bearing demand deposits

  $ 2,377,135      $ 18,041        0.76   $ 2,061,344      $ 17,053        0.83   $ 1,711,389      $ 15,739        0.92

Total deposits and borrowings, including noninterest-bearing demand deposits

  $ 2,566,382      $ 20,513        0.80   $ 2,241,052      $ 20,135        0.90   $ 1,864,119      $ 18,945        1.02

 

(footnotes begin on following page)

 

61


Table of Contents

(footnotes from previous page)

 

 

(1)

Income on debt securities, equity securities and revenue bonds included in commercial real estate loans, resulting yields, and interest rate spread and net interest margin, are presented on a tax-equivalent basis. The tax-equivalent adjustments are deducted from tax-equivalent net interest income to agree to amounts reported in the consolidated statements of net income. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, yields on loans before tax-equivalent adjustments were 4.28%, 4.44% and 4.90%, respectively, yields on securities and certificates of deposit before tax-equivalent adjustments were 2.18%, 2.42% and 2.87%, respectively, and yield on total interest-earning assets before tax-equivalent adjustments were 3.79%, 4.00% and 4.28%, respectively. Interest rate spread before tax-equivalent adjustments for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was 2.88%, 3.00% and 3.16%, respectively, while net interest margin before tax-equivalent adjustments for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was 3.08%, 3.15% and 3.33%, respectively,

 

(2)

Loans on non-accrual status are included in average balances.

 

(3)

Includes Federal Home Loan Bank stock and associated dividends.

 

(4)

Interest rate spread represents the difference between the tax-equivalent yield on interest-earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities.

 

(5)

Net interest margin represents net interest income (tax-equivalent basis) divided by average interest-earning assets.

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table sets forth the effects of changing rates and volumes on our fully tax-equivalent net interest income. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The net column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to changes in both rate and volume that cannot be segregated have been allocated proportionally based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

 

                                                                                                                                                     
     Years Ended December 31,
2014 Compared to 2013
Increase (Decrease) Due to
    Years Ended December 31,
2013 Compared to 2012
Increase (Decrease) Due to
 
     Volume     Rate     Net     Volume     Rate     Net  
     (In thousands)  

Interest income:

            

Loans

   $ 18,353      $ (2,514   $ 15,839      $ 21,217      $ (7,363   $ 13,854   

Securities and certificates of deposits

     (1,002     (388     (1,390     (2,014     (1,088     (3,102

Other interest-earning assets

     297        106        403        23        (11     12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     17,648        (2,796     14,852        19,226        (8,462     10,764   

Interest expense:

            

Deposits

     1,860        (872     988        2,674        (1,360     1,314   

Borrowings

     156        (766     (610     515        (639     (124
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     2,016        (1,638     378        3,189        (1,999     1,190   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in fully tax-equivalent net interest income

   $ 15,632      $ (1,158   $ 14,474      $ 16,037      $ (6,463   $ 9,574   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

Net Income. Our primary source of income is net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income, which is the income that we earn on our loans and investments, and interest expense, which is the interest that we pay on our deposits and borrowings. Changes in levels of interest rates affect our net

 

62


Table of Contents

interest income. A secondary source of income is non-interest income, which includes revenue that we receive from providing products and services. The majority of our non-interest income generally comes from customer service fees, loan fees, bank-owned life insurance, mortgage banking gains and gains on sales of securities.

Net income information is as follows:

 

                                                                                                                                                                              
     Years Ended December 31,     Change 2014/2013     Change 2013/2012  
     2014     2013     2012     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Net interest income

   $ 88,166      $ 75,069      $ 66,024      $ 13,097        17.4   $ 9,045        13.7

Provision for loan losses

     3,313        6,470        8,581        (3,157     (48.8     (2,111     (24.6

Non-interest income

     16,056        19,416        21,261        (3,360     (17.3     (1,845     (8.7

Non-interest expenses

     67,434        64,515        59,948        2,919        4.5        4,567        7.6   

Net income

     22,327        15,429        12,426        6,898        44.7        3,003        24.2   

Return on average assets

     0.75     0.62     0.59     0.13     21.0        0.03     5.1   

Return on average equity

     5.69     6.39     5.42     (0.70 )%      (11.0     0.97     17.9   

The Company recorded a pre-tax gain of $4.8 million on June 8, 2012 due to the sale of Hampshire First Bank, which was 43% owned by the Company, to NBT Bancorp, Inc. and NBT Bank, N.A. On an after-tax basis, this gain increased net income by $2.9 million, or $0.13 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased $13.1 million, or 17.4%, to $88.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $75.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The net interest rate spread and net interest margin were 2.88% and 3.08%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 3.00% and 3.15%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in net interest income was due primarily to loan growth along with declines in the cost of funds, partially offset by declines in yields on interest-earning assets and deposit growth for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 2013.

The Company’s yield on interest-earning assets declined 21 basis points to 3.79% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 4.00% for the year ended December 31, 2013, while the cost of funds declined 10 basis points to 0.80% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 0.90% for the year ended December 31, 2013. An increase in interest income on loans of $14.5 million, or 16.2%, was the result of growth in the Company’s average loan balances of $416.9 million, or 20.7%, to $2.428 billion, partially offset by the decline of yield on loans of 16 basis points to 4.28% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 4.44% for the year ended December 31, 2013. An increase in interest expense on deposits of $988,000, or 5.8%, was the result of growth in the average balance of total deposits of $315.8 million, or 15.3%, to $2.377 billion, partially offset by the decline in the cost of total deposits of seven basis points to 0.76% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 0.83% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, net interest income increased $9.0 million, or 13.7%, to $75.1 million from $66.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The net interest rate spread and net interest margin were 3.00% and 3.15%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 3.16% and 3.33%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increases in net interest income were due primarily to loan growth along with declines in the cost of funds, partially offset by declines in yields on interest-earning assets and deposit growth for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012.

The average balance of our loan portfolio increased $459.9 million, or 29.7%, to $2.011 billion, which was partially offset by the decline in the yield on loans of 46 basis points to 4.44% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 4.90% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The average balance of our total deposits increased $350.0 million, or 20.4%, to $2.061 billion, which was partially offset by the decline in cost of total deposits of nine basis points to 0.83% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. Our yield on interest-earning assets declined 28 basis points to 4.00% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 4.28% for the year ended December 31, 2012, while the cost of funds declined 12 basis points to 0.90% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 1.02% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

63


Table of Contents

Provision for Loan Losses. Our provision for loan losses was $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $6.5 million and $8.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. For further discussion of the changes in the provision and allowance for loan losses, refer to “Asset Quality — Allowance for Loan Losses.”

Non-Interest Income. Non-interest income information is as follows:

 

                                                                                                                                                                              
    Years Ended December 31,     Change 2014/2013     Change 2013/2012  
    2014     2013     2012     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Customer service fees

  $ 7,492      $ 7,129      $ 6,645      $ 363        5.1   $ 484        7.3

Loan fees

    591        508        339        83        16.3        169        49.9   

Mortgage banking gains, net

    532        583        2,371        (51     (8.7     (1,788     (75.4

Gain on sales of securities, net

    6,258        9,636        5,568        (3,378     (35.1     4,068        73.1   

Income from bank-owned life insurance

    1,165        1,195        1,201        (30     (2.5     (6     (0.5

Equity income on investment in affiliate bank

                  310                      (310     (100.0

Gain on sale of investment in affiliate bank

                  4,819                      (4,819     (100.0

Other income

    18        365        8        (347     (95.1     357        4,462.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total non-interest income

  $ 16,056      $ 19,416      $ 21,261      $ (3,360     (17.3 )%    $ (1,845     (8.7 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Non-interest income decreased $3.4 million, or 17.3%, to $16.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $19.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to decreases of $3.4 million in gain on sales of securities, net and $347,000 in other income, partially offset by an increase of $363,000 in customer service fees. The decreases in other income were primarily due to loan swap income recognized in the fourth quarter of 2013.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, non-interest income decreased $1.8 million, or 8.7%, to $19.4 million from $21.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to the prior year $4.8 million gain on sale of the Hampshire First Bank affiliate and a decrease of $1.8 million in mortgage banking gains, net, partially offset by increases of $4.1 million in gain on sales of securities, net, $484,000 in customer service fees and $357,000 in other income. The decrease in mortgage banking gains, net are primarily due to declines in mortgage loan sales, reflecting the decline in refinancing activity due to rising interest rates in 2013, along with related derivative valuations on commitments to originate loans for sale and contracts to sell loans. The increase in other income was primarily due to loan level interest rate swap fee income recognized in the fourth quarter of 2013.

Non-Interest Expense. Non-interest expense information is as follows:

 

                                                                                                                                                                              
     Years Ended December 31,      Change 2014/2013     Change 2013/2012  
     2014      2013      2012      Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 41,407       $ 39,618       $ 36,386       $ 1,789        4.5   $ 3,232        8.9

Occupancy and equipment

     9,258         8,798         7,932         460        5.2        866        10.9   

Data processing

     4,516         4,274         3,511         242        5.7        763        21.7   

Marketing and advertising

     2,901         2,949         2,537         (48     (1.6     412        16.2   

Professional services

     2,469         2,308         2,966         161        7.0        (658     (22.2

Foreclosed real estate

     438         479         599         (41     (8.6     (120     (20.0

Deposit insurance

     2,131         2,053         1,760         78        3.8        293        16.6   

Other general and administrative

     4,314         4,036         4,257         278        6.9        (221     (5.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total non-interest expenses

   $ 67,434       $ 64,515       $ 59,948       $ 2,919        4.5   $ 4,567        7.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

64


Table of Contents

Non-interest expenses increased $2.9 million, or 4.5%, to $67.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $64.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to increases of $1.8 million in salaries and employee benefits, $460,000 in occupancy and equipment, $242,000 in data processing, $161,000 in professional services and $278,000 in other general and administrative expenses. The increases in salaries and employee benefits and occupancy and equipment expenses were primarily associated with the opening of three new branches in 2013 and costs associated with the expansion of residential and commercial lending capacity.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, non-interest expenses increased $4.6 million, or 7.6%, to $64.5 million from $59.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to increases of $3.2 million in salaries and employee benefits, $866,000 in occupancy and equipment expense, $763,000 in data processing, $412,000 in marketing and advertising and $293,000 in deposit insurance, partially offset by decreases of $658,000 in professional services reflecting a decline in legal and consulting expenses, $120,000 in foreclosed real estate expense and $221,000 in other non-interest expenses. The increases in salaries and employee benefits and occupancy and equipment expenses were primarily associated with the opening of new branches and costs associated with the expansion of residential and commercial lending capacity.

Income Tax Provision. We recorded a provision for income taxes of $11.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, reflecting an effective tax rate of 33.3%, compared to $8.1 million, or a 34.3% effective tax rate, for the year ended December 31, 2013 and $6.3 million, reflecting an effective tax rate of 33.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2012. The changes in the income tax provision were primarily due to changes in the components of pre-tax income.

Risk Management

Overview. Managing risk is an essential part of successfully managing a financial institution. Our most prominent risk exposures are credit risk, interest rate risk and market risk. Credit risk is the risk of not collecting the interest and/or the principal balance of a loan or investment when it is due. Interest rate risk is the potential reduction of net interest income as a result of changes in interest rates. Market risk arises from fluctuations in interest rates that may result in changes in the values of financial instruments, such as available-for-sale securities that are accounted for on a mark-to-market basis. Other risks that we face are operational risks, liquidity risk and reputation risk. Operational risks include risks related to fraud, regulatory compliance, processing errors, and technology and disaster recovery. Liquidity risk is the possible inability to fund obligations to depositors, lenders or borrowers. Reputation risk is the risk that negative publicity or press, whether true or not, could cause a decline in our customer base or revenue.

The Company’s Risk Management Officer and the Compliance/Risk Management Committee oversee the risk management process on behalf of the Company’s Board of Directors, with responsibility for the overall risk program and strategy, determining risks and implementing risk mitigation strategies in the following risk areas: interest rates, operational/compliance, liquidity, strategic, reputation, credit and legal/regulatory. The Risk Management Officer reports the activities of the Compliance/Risk Management Committee to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis, or more often as necessary. The Risk Management Officer provides counsel to members of our management team on all issues that affect our risk positions.

In addition, the Risk Management Officer is responsible for the following:

 

   

Develops, implements and maintains a risk management program for the entire Bank to withstand regulatory scrutiny and provides operational safety and efficiency;

 

   

Recommends policy to the Board of Directors;

 

   

Chairs the Company’s Compliance/Risk Management Committee;

 

   

Participates in developing long-term strategic risk objectives for the Company;

 

   

Coordinates and reviews risk assessments and provides recommendations on risk controls, testing and mitigation strategies;

 

   

Reviews and provides recommendations and approvals for all proposed business initiatives;

 

   

Implements and maintains the Vendor Management Program; and

 

65


Table of Contents
   

Keeps abreast of risk management and regulatory trends and mitigation strategies.

Asset/Liability Management. Our earnings and the market value of our assets and liabilities are subject to fluctuations caused by changes in the level of interest rates. We manage the interest rate sensitivity of our interest-bearing liabilities and interest-earning assets in an effort to minimize the adverse effects of changes in the interest rate environment. Deposit accounts typically react more quickly to changes in market interest rates than mortgage loans because of the shorter maturities of deposits. As a result, sharp increases in interest rates may adversely affect our earnings while decreases in interest rates may beneficially affect our earnings. To reduce the potential volatility of our earnings, we have sought to improve the match between asset and liability maturities and rates, while maintaining an acceptable interest rate spread. Our strategy for managing interest rate risk emphasizes: originating loans with adjustable interest rates; selling the residential real estate fixed-rate loans with terms greater than 10 years that we originate; promoting core deposit products; and adjusting the interest rates and maturities of funding sources, as necessary.

We have an Asset/Liability Management Committee to coordinate all aspects of asset/liability management. The committee establishes and monitors the volume, maturities, pricing and mix of assets and funding sources with the objective of managing assets and funding sources to provide results that are consistent with liquidity, growth, risk limits and profitability goals.

We analyze our interest rate sensitivity position to manage the risk associated with interest rate movements through the use of interest income simulation. The matching of assets and liabilities may be analyzed by examining the extent to which such assets and liabilities are “interest sensitive.” An asset or liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time period if it will mature or reprice within that time period.

Our goal is to manage asset and liability positions to moderate the effects of interest rate fluctuations on net interest income. Interest income simulations are completed quarterly and presented to the Asset/Liability Committee and the Board of Directors. The simulations provide an estimate of the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income under a range of assumptions. The numerous assumptions used in the simulation process are reviewed by the Asset/Liability Committee and the Executive Committee on a quarterly basis. Changes to these assumptions can significantly affect the results of the simulation. The simulation incorporates assumptions regarding the potential timing in the repricing of certain assets and liabilities when market rates change and the changes in spreads between different market rates. The simulation analysis incorporates management’s current assessment of the risk that pricing margins will change adversely over time due to competition or other factors.

Simulation analysis is only an estimate of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time. We continually review the potential effect changes in interest rates could have on the repayment of rate sensitive assets and funding requirements of rate sensitive liabilities.

The simulation uses projected repricing of assets and liabilities on the basis of contractual maturities, anticipated repayments and scheduled rate adjustments. Prepayment rates can have a significant impact on interest income simulation. Because of the large percentage of loans we hold, rising or falling interest rates have a significant impact on the prepayment speeds of our earning assets that in turn affect the rate sensitivity position. When interest rates rise, prepayments tend to slow. When interest rates fall, prepayments tend to rise. Our asset sensitivity would be reduced if prepayments slow and vice versa. While we believe such assumptions to be reasonable, there can be no assurance that assumed prepayment rates will approximate actual future mortgage-backed security and loan repayment activity.

The following table reflects changes in estimated net interest income for the Bank due to immediate non-parallel changes in interest rates for the subsequent one year period as of the dates indicated.

 

                                                                                                                                                     

Increase (Decrease)

in Market Interest Rates

     December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  
     Amount        Change      Percent     Amount        Change      Percent  
       (Dollars in thousands)  

300

     $ 87,006         $ (8,254      (8.66 )%    $ 70,839         $ (10,267      (12.66 )% 

Flat

       95,260                81,106           

-100

       96,386           1,126         1.18        81,932           826         1.02   

 

66


Table of Contents

Liquidity Management. Liquidity is the ability to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. Our primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, loan repayments, maturities of and payments on investment securities and borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition.

We regularly adjust our investments in liquid assets based upon our assessment of (1) expected loan demand, (2) expected deposit flows, (3) yields available on interest-earning deposits and securities and (4) the objectives of our asset/liability management policy.

Our most liquid assets are cash and due from banks, and certificates of deposit with other banks. The levels of these assets depend on our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2014, cash and due from banks totaled $205.7 million and certificates of deposit totaled $85.0 million. In addition, at December 31, 2014, we had $261.7 million of available borrowing capacity with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, including a $9.4 million line of credit. On December 31, 2014, we had $171.9 million of advances outstanding.

A significant use of our liquidity is the funding of loan originations. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had total loan commitments outstanding of $670.3 million and $613.6 million, respectively. Historically, many of the commitments expire without being fully drawn; therefore the total amount of commitments does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. For further information, see Note 10 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Another significant use of our liquidity is the funding of deposit withdrawals. Certificates of deposit due within one year of December 31, 2014 totaled $493.7 million, or 69.7% of total certificates of deposit. If these maturing deposits do not remain with us, we will be required to utilize other sources of funds. Historically, a significant portion of certificates of deposit that mature have remained with us. We have the ability to attract and retain deposits by adjusting the interest rates offered.

Contractual Obligations. The following table presents our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014.

 

                                                                                                                            
     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Up to One
Year
     More than
One Year to
Three
Years
     More than
Three Years
to Five Years
     More Than
Five Years
 
     (In thousands)  

Contractual obligations:

              

Long-term debt obligations

   $ 171,899       $ 39,500       $ 116,132       $ 8,454       $ 7,813   

Operating lease obligations

     9,470         1,356         2,378         1,784         3,952   

Other long-term obligations(1)

     6,705         2,235         4,470                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 188,074       $ 43,091       $ 122,980       $ 10,238       $ 11,765   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists entirely of expenses related to obligations under a data processing agreement.

Our primary investing activities are the origination of loans and the purchase of securities. Our primary financing activities consist of activity in deposit accounts and Federal Home Loan Bank advances. Deposit flows are affected by the overall level of interest rates, the interest rates and products offered by us and our local competitors and other factors. We generally manage the pricing of our deposits to be competitive. Occasionally, we offer promotional rates on certain deposit products to attract deposits.

We have a contract with our core data processing provider through December 2017, with a related outstanding commitment of $6.7 million as of December 31, 2014 and with total annual payments of $2.2 million.

The net proceeds from the stock offering significantly increased our liquidity and capital resources. Over time, our level of liquidity may be reduced as the net proceeds from the stock offering are used for general corporate purposes, including the funding of loans. Our financial condition and results of operations are expected

 

67


Table of Contents

to be enhanced and result in increases in net interest-earning assets and net interest income. However, due to the increase in equity from the stock offering proceeds, our return on equity will initially be lower but is expected to increase over time.

Capital Management. Both the Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, respectively, including a risk-based capital measure. The risk-based capital guidelines include both a definition of capital and a framework for calculating risk-weighted assets by assigning balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet items to broad risk categories. At December 31, 2014, both the Company and the Bank exceeded all of their respective regulatory capital requirements. The Bank is considered “well capitalized” under regulatory guidelines. See “Supervision and Regulation — Federal Bank Regulation — Capital Requirements,” “Regulatory Capital Compliance” and Note 13, Stockholders’ Equity, “Minimum Regulatory Capital Requirements” in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, within this report.

In July 2013, the FDIC and the other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule that will revise their leverage and risk-based capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with agreements that were reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. Among other things, the rule establishes a new common equity Tier 1 minimum capital requirement (4.5% of risk-weighted assets), increases the minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets requirement (from 4% to 6% of risk-weighted assets), sets the leverage ratio at a uniform 4% of total assets and assigns a higher risk weight (150%) to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and to certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property. The final rule also requires unrealized gains and losses on certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings to be included for purposes of calculating regulatory capital requirements unless a one-time opt-out is exercised. The Bank has elected to exercise its one-time option to opt-out of the requirement under the final rule to include certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings for purposes of calculating its regulatory capital requirements. The rule limits a banking organization’s capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers if the banking organization does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets in addition to the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The final rule is effective January 1, 2015. The “capital conservation buffer” will be phased in from January 1, 2016 to January 1, 2019, when the full capital conservation buffer will be effective.

Consolidated regulatory capital requirements identical to those applicable to the Bank apply to bank holding companies such as the Company as of January 1, 2015. As is the case with institutions themselves, the capital conservation buffer will be phased in between 2016 and 2019.

The Company may use capital management tools such as cash dividends and common share repurchases. Pursuant to Federal Reserve Board regulations, we may not repurchase shares for at least one year following the second-step conversion. In addition, Massachusetts regulations restrict repurchases for the first three years following the second-step conversion. We are also subject to the Federal Reserve Board’s notice provisions for stock repurchases.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements. In the normal course of operations, we engage in a variety of financial transactions that, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America are not recorded in our financial statements. These transactions involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate and liquidity risk. Such transactions are used primarily to manage customers’ requests for funding and take the form of loan commitments and lines of credit.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, we engaged in no off-balance sheet transactions reasonably likely to have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Impact of Recent Accounting Pronouncements. For a discussion of the impact of recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data within this report.

 

68


Table of Contents

Effect of Inflation and Changing Prices

The consolidated financial statements and related financial data included in this Annual Report have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the change in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary impact of inflation on our operations is reflected in increased operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than do general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

 

I TEM   7 A . QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Information regarding quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk appears under Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” under the caption “Asset/Liability Management”.

 

69


Table of Contents
I TEM  8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Page  

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

     71   

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     72   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

     74   

Consolidated Statements of Net Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

     75   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December  31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

     76   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December  31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

     77   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

     78   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     80   

 

70


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of Meridian Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”), is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. The internal control process has been designed under our supervision to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, utilizing the framework established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (1992)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, management has determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 is effective.

Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that (a)  pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (b)  provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (c)  provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems designed to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 has been audited by Wolf & Company, P.C., an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which follows. This report expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014.

 

Date: March 10, 2015      

/s/    Richard J. Gavegnano

      Richard J. Gavegnano
      Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Date: March 10, 2015      

/s/    Mark L. Abbate

      Mark L. Abbate
      Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
      (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

71


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Meridian Bancorp, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Meridian Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries, (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of net income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Meridian Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Meridian Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 10, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of Meridian Bancorp, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/    Wolf & Company. P.C.

Boston, Massachusetts

March 10, 2015

 

72


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Meridian Bancorp, Inc.

We have audited Meridian Bancorp, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Meridian Bancorp, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, because management’s assessment and our audit were conducted to meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), our audit of Meridian Bancorp, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting included controls over the preparation of financial statements in accordance with the instructions to the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C) and to the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council Instructions for Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (a)  pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (b)  provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (c)  provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the company’s financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Meridian Bancorp, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the December 31, 2014 consolidated financial statements of Meridian Bancorp, Inc. and our report dated March 10, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion.

 

/s/    Wolf & Company. P.C.

Boston, Massachusetts

March 10, 2015

 

73


Table of Contents

MERIDIAN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

                                                 
       December 31,  
       2014      2013  
       (Dollars in thousands)  
ASSETS   

Cash and due from banks

     $ 205,732       $ 86,271   

Certificates of deposit

       85,000           

Securities available for sale, at fair value

       203,521         201,137   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

       12,725         11,907   

Loans held for sale

       971         2,363   

Loans, net of fees and costs

       2,677,376         2,290,735   

Less allowance for loan losses

       (28,469      (25,335
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans, net

       2,648,907         2,265,400   

Bank-owned life insurance

       38,611         37,446   

Foreclosed real estate, net

       1,046         1,390   

Premises and equipment, net

       38,512         39,426   

Accrued interest receivable

       7,748         7,127   

Deferred tax asset, net

       15,610         13,478   

Goodwill

       13,687         13,687   

Other assets

       6,456         2,469   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

     $ 3,278,526       $ 2,682,101   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   

Deposits:

       

Non interest-bearing

     $ 285,990       $ 255,639   

Interest-bearing

       2,217,945         1,992,961   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

       2,503,935         2,248,600   

Long-term debt

       171,899         161,903   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

       24,982         22,393   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

       2,700,816         2,432,896   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 4, 6 and 10)

       

Stockholders’ equity:

       

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized; none issued

                 

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized and 54,708,066 shares issued at December 31, 2014; no par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized and 56,313,200 shares issued at December 31, 2013(1)

       547           

Additional paid-in capital

       411,476         99,553   

Retained earnings

       184,715         162,388   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

       2,898         4,104   

Treasury stock, at cost, 1,906,865(1) shares at December 31, 2013

               (9,919

Unearned compensation — ESOP, 2,922,328 and 1,419,093(1) shares at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively

       (21,164      (5,796

Unearned compensation — restricted shares, 138,838 and 254,168(1) at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively

       (762      (1,125
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

       577,710         249,205   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

     $ 3,278,526       $ 2,682,101   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

  

 

(1)

Share amounts related to periods prior to the date of completion of the Conversion (July 28, 2014) have been restated to give retroactive recognition to the exchange ratio applied in the Conversion (2.4484-to-one). (See Note 1)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

74


Table of Contents

MERIDIAN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF NET INCOME

                                                                          
       Years Ended December 31,  
       2014        2013(1)        2012(1)  
       (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Interest and dividend income:

              

Interest and fees on loans

     $ 103,814         $ 89,349         $ 76,050   

Interest on debt securities:

              

Taxable

       2,468           3,919           6,901   

Tax-exempt

       178           209           216   

Dividends on equity securities

       1,425           1,383           1,444   

Interest on certificates of deposit

       47                     26   

Other interest and dividend income

       747           344           332   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total interest and dividend income

       108,679           95,204           84,969   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Interest expense:

              

Interest on deposits

       18,041           17,053           15,739   

Interest on borrowings

       2,472           3,082           3,206   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total interest expense

       20,513           20,135           18,945   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net interest income

       88,166           75,069           66,024   

Provision for loan losses

       3,313           6,470           8,581   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net interest income, after provision for loan losses

       84,853           68,599           57,443   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Non-interest income:

              

Customer service fees

       7,492           7,129           6,645   

Loan fees

       591           508           339   

Mortgage banking gains, net

       532           583           2,371   

Gain on sales of securities, net

       6,258           9,636           5,568   

Income from bank-owned life insurance

       1,165           1,195           1,201   

Equity income on investment in affiliate bank

                           310   

Gain on sale of investment in affiliate bank

                           4,819   

Other income

       18           365           8   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

       16,056           19,416           21,261   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Non-interest expenses:

              

Salaries and employee benefits

       41,407           39,618           36,386   

Occupancy and equipment

       9,258           8,798           7,932   

Data processing

       4,516           4,274           3,511   

Marketing and advertising

       2,901           2,949           2,537   

Professional services

       2,469           2,308           2,966   

Foreclosed real estate

       438           479           599   

Deposit insurance

       2,131           2,053           1,760   

Other general and administrative

       4,314           4,036           4,257   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

       67,434           64,515           59,948   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

       33,475           23,500           18,756   

Provision for income taxes

       11,148           8,071           6,330   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income

     $ 22,327         $ 15,429         $ 12,426   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income per share:

              

Basic

     $ 0.43         $ 0.29         $ 0.23   

Diluted

     $ 0.42         $ 0.29         $ 0.23   

Weighted average shares:

              

Basic

       52,470,513           52,976,873           52,958,079   

Diluted

       53,567,771           53,834,952           53,518,060   

  

 

(1)

Share and per share amounts related to periods prior to the date of completion of the Conversion (July 28, 2014) have been restated to give retroactive recognition to the exchange ratio applied in the Conversion (2.4484-to-one). (See Note 1)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

75


Table of Contents

MERIDIAN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

                                                                          
       Years Ended December 31,  
       2014      2013      2012  
       (In thousands)  

Net income

     $ 22,327       $ 15,429       $ 12,426   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

          

Securities available for sale:

          

Unrealized holding gain on securities available for sale

       4,449         7,989         6,933   

Reclassification adjustment for gain realized in income(1)

       (6,258      (9,636      (5,568
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net unrealized (loss) gain

       (1,809      (1,647      1,365   

Tax effect

       780         646         (489
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net-of-tax amount

       (1,029      (1,001      876   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Defined benefit plans:

          

Supplemental director retirement plan:

          

Reclassification adjustments(2):

          

Amortization of prior service cost

       28         28         28   

Amortization of unrecognized loss

               61         68   

Actuarial net (loss) gain arising during the year

       (219      137         (14
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       (191      226         82   

Tax effect

       67         (79      (24
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net-of-tax amount

       (124      147         58   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term health care plan:

          

Reclassification adjustments(3):

          

Amortization of prior service cost

       17         17         18   

Amortization of unrecognized loss

       3         5         26   

Actuarial net (loss) gain arising during the year

       (102      44         (56
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       (82      66         (12

Tax effect

       29         (23      8   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net-of-tax amount

       (53      43         (4
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

       (1,206      (811      930   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

     $ 21,121       $ 14,618       $ 13,356   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

  

 

(1)

Amounts are included in gain on sales of securities, net in the Consolidated Statements of Net Income. Provision for income tax associated with the reclassification adjustments for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $2.7 million, $3.8 million and $2.0 million, respectively.

(2)

Amounts are included in salaries and employee benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Net Income. Benefit for income tax associated with the reclassification adjustments for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $10,000, $31,000 and $28,000, respectively.

(3)

Amounts are included in salaries and employee benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Net Income. Benefit for income tax associated with the reclassification adjustments for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $7,000, $8,000 and $12,000, respectively.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

76


Table of Contents

MERIDIAN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
    Shares of
Common
Stock
Outstanding
(1)
    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Treasury
Stock
    Unearned
Compensation  —

ESOP
    Unearned
Compensation  —

Restricted Shares
    Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance at December 31, 2011

    54,665,253      $      $ 97,669      $ 134,533      $ 3,985      $ (7,317   $ (6,624   $ (2,302   $ 219,944   

Comprehensive income

                         12,426        930                             13,356   

Purchase of treasury stock

    (214,245                                 (1,160                   (1,160

ESOP shares earned (101,364 shares)

                  192                             414               606   

Share-based compensation, net of awards surrendered

    9,549               596                                    574        1,170   

Stock options exercised

    28,365               (119                   146                      27   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    54,488,922               98,338        146,959        4,915        (8,331     (6,210     (1,728     233,943   

Comprehensive income

                         15,429        (811                          14,618   

Purchase of treasury stock

    (223,015                                 (1,698                   (1,698

ESOP shares earned (101,364 shares)

                  400                             414               814   

Share-based compensation, net of awards surrendered

    119,408               567                                    603        1,170   

Excess tax benefits in connection with share-based compensation

                  323                                           323   

Stock options exercised

    21,020               (75                   110                      35   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

    54,406,335               99,553        162,388        4,104        (9,919     (5,796     (1,125     249,205   

Corporate Reorganization:

                 

Conversion of Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc.

    (1,356,629     531        301,750                                           302,281   

Purchase by ESOP

    1,625,000        16        16,234                             (16,250              

Treasury stock retired

                  (9,769                   9,769                        

Contribution of Meridian Financial Services, MHC

                  2,640                                           2,640   

Comprehensive income

                         22,327        (1,206                          21,121   

Share-based compensation, net of awards surrendered

    (1,861            429                                    363        792   

Excess tax benefits in connection with share-based compensation

                  267                                           267   

Stock options exercised

    35,221               (81                   150                      69   

ESOP shares earned (121,765 shares)

                  453                             882               1,335   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

    54,708,066      $ 547      $ 411,476      $ 184,715      $ 2,898      $      $ (21,164   $ (762   $ 577,710   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

  

 

(1)

Share amounts related to periods prior to the date of completion of the Conversion (July 28, 2014) have been restated to give retroactive recognition to the exchange ratio applied in the Conversion (2.4484-to-one). (See Note 1)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

77


Table of Contents

MERIDIAN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

                                                                          
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2014     2013     2012  
    (In thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

     

Net income

  $ 22,327      $ 15,429      $ 12,426   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Accretion of acquisition fair value adjustments

    (53     (260     (440

ESOP shares earned

    1,335        814        606   

Provision for loan losses

    3,313        6,470        8,581   

Accretion of net deferred loan origination costs/fees

    (608     (172     (9

Net (accretion) amortization of securities available for sale

    (34     (15     288   

Capitalization of mortgage servicing rights

    (29     (99     (708

Amortization of mortgage servicing rights

    220        303        313   

Change in valuation allowance on mortgage servicing rights

    (2     (62     70   

Depreciation and amortization expense

    2,385        2,291        2,125   

Gain on sales of securities, net

    (6,258     (9,636     (5,568

Net loss and provision for foreclosed real estate

    303        345        385   

Deferred income tax benefit

    (1,256     (3,224     (2,781

Income from bank-owned life insurance

    (1,165     (1,195     (1,201

Equity income on investment in affiliate bank

                  (310

Gain on sale of investment in affiliate bank

                  (4,819

Share-based compensation expense

    792        1,170        1,170   

Excess tax benefits in connection with share-based compensation

    (267     (323       

Net changes in:

     

Loans held for sale

    1,392        12,139        (10,310

Accrued interest receivable

    (621     (382     537   

Prepaid deposit insurance

                  1,257   

Other assets

    (635     15        1,925   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    1,162        4,310        (287
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    22,301        27,918        3,250   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

     

Maturities of certificates of deposit

                  2,500   

Purchases of certificates of deposit

    (85,000              

Activity in securities available for sale:

     

Proceeds from maturities, calls and principal payments

    45,874        36,877        164,894   

(Purchase) redemption of mutual funds, net

    (18,995     11,768        (4,784

Proceeds from sales

    33,335        60,780        38,743   

Purchases

    (60,264     (39,714     (108,570

Proceeds from sale of investment in affiliate bank

                  6,600   

Loans originated, net of principal payments received

    (387,952     (485,842     (455,030

Purchases of premises and equipment

    (1,388     (2,915     (3,770

(Purchase) redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

    (818     157        474   

Capitalized costs on foreclosed real estate

                  (8

Cash received in MHC merger

    2,640                 

Proceeds from sales of foreclosed real estate

    1,758        1,222        1,957   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (470,810     (417,667     (356,994
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

78


Table of Contents
                                                                          
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2014     2013     2012  
    (In thousands)  

Cash flows from financing activities:

     

Net increase in deposits

    255,357        383,196        260,981   

Net change in borrowings with maturities less than three months

                  (16,527

Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances with maturities of three months or more

    57,131        47,500        90,000   

Repayment of Federal Home Loan Bank advances with maturities of three months or more

    (47,135     (46,528     (43,070

Stock options exercised

    69        35        27   

Excess tax benefits in connection with share-based compensation

    267        323          

Net proceeds from sale of common stock

    302,281                 

Purchase of treasury stock

           (1,698     (1,160
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

    567,970        382,828        290,251   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    119,461        (6,921     (63,493

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    86,271        93,192        156,685   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 205,732      $ 86,271      $ 93,192   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

     

Interest paid on deposits

  $ 17,974      $ 17,008      $ 15,846   

Interest paid on borrowings

    2,489        3,510        3,857   

Income taxes paid, net of refunds

    12,461        9,569        8,011   

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

     

Transfers from loans to foreclosed real estate

    1,717        353        1,085   

Net amounts due from (to) broker on security transactions

    2,120        (104       

Receipt of common stock from sale of investment in affiliate bank

                  11,136   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

79

MERIDIAN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Concluded)


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

Meridian Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is a Maryland corporation incorporated on March 6, 2014 to be the successor to Meridian Interstate Bancorp, Inc. (“Old Meridian”) upon completion of the second-step mutual-to-stock conversion (the “Conversion”) of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated, (the “MHC”), the top tier mutual holding company of Old Meridian. Old Meridian was the former mid-tier holding company for East Boston Savings Bank (the “Bank”). Prior to completion of the Conversion, approximately 59% of the shares of common stock of Old Meridian were owned by the MHC. In conjunction with the Conversion, the MHC and Meridian Interstate Funding Corporation were merged into Old Meridian (and ceased to exist), and Old Meridian merged into the Company and the Company became its successor under the name Meridian Bancorp, Inc. The Conversion was completed July 28, 2014. The Company raised gross proceeds of $325.0 million by selling a total of 32,500,000 shares of common stock at $10.00 per share in the second-step stock offering. The Company utilized $16.3 million of the proceeds to fund an addition to its Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) loan for the acquisition of an additional 1,625,000 shares at $10.00 per share representing 5% of the shares issued in the second-step offering and incurred expenses in connection with the offer and sale of the common stock totaling $6.5 million, resulting in net cash proceeds to the Company of $302.3 million. The Company invested $159.3 million of the net proceeds it received from the sale into the Bank’s operations and has retained the remaining amount for general corporate purposes. Concurrent with the completion of the stock offering, each share of Old Meridian common stock owned by public stockholders (stockholders other than the MHC) was exchanged for 2.4484 shares of Company common stock. A total of 22,200,316 shares of Company common stock were issued in the exchange. The Conversion was accounted for as a capital raising transaction by entities under common control. The historical financial results of the MHC are immaterial to the results of the Company and therefore the net assets of the MHC have been reflected as an increase to stockholders’ equity.

As a result of the Conversion, all share and per share information has been revised to reflect the 2.4484-to-one exchange ratio. Such revised financial information presented in this Form 10-K is derived from the consolidated financial statements of Old Meridian and its subsidiaries.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all other entities in which it has a controlling financial interest. The Company owns the Bank. The Bank’s subsidiaries include Prospect, Inc., which engages in securities transactions on its own behalf, EBOSCO, LLC and Berkeley Riverbend Estates LLC, both of which hold foreclosed real estate, and East Boston Investment Services, Inc., which is authorized for third-party investment sales and is currently inactive. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company held a 43% share in Hampshire First Bank, a New Hampshire chartered bank, organized and headquartered in Manchester, New Hampshire, which was accounted for using the equity method of accounting, under which the Company’s share of the net income or loss of the affiliate was recognized as income or loss in the Company’s consolidated statement of net income. On June 8, 2012, Hampshire First Bank was acquired by NBT Bancorp, Inc. and NBT Bank, N.A., with the Company recognizing a pre-tax gain of $4.8 million and receiving $6.6 million of cash and 547,481 NBTB shares with a fair value $11.1 million as proceeds from the sale.

Business and Operating Segments

The Company provides loan and deposit services to its customers through its local banking offices in the greater Boston metropolitan area. The Company is subject to competition from other financial institutions including commercial banks, other savings banks, credit unions, mortgage banking companies and other financial service providers.

Generally, financial information is to be reported on the basis that it is used internally for evaluating segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources to segments. Management evaluates the Company’s

 

80


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

performance and allocates resources based on a single segment concept. Accordingly, there is no separately identified material operating segment for which discrete financial information is available. The Company does not derive revenues from, or have assets located in foreign countries, nor does it derive revenues from any single customer that represents 10% or more of the Company’s total revenues.

Use of Estimates

In preparing consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated balance sheet and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the evaluation of goodwill for impairment, other-than-temporary impairment of securities and the valuation of deferred tax assets.

Significant Concentrations of Credit Risk

Most of the Company’s activities are with customers located within Massachusetts. Note 2 includes the types of securities in which the Company invests and Note 3 includes the types of lending in which the Company engages. The Company believes that it does not have any significant loan concentration in any one industry or customer. Within the securities portfolio, the Company has a significant amount of corporate debt and marketable equity securities issued by companies in the financial services sector.

Reclassification

Certain amounts in the 2013 and 2012 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2014 presentation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include amounts due from banks and federal funds sold on a daily basis, which mature overnight or on demand. The Company may from time to time have deposits in financial institutions which exceed the federally insured limits. At December 31, 2014, the Company had a concentration of cash on deposit at the Federal Reserve Bank amounting to $157.7 million.

Certificates of Deposit

Certificates of deposit are purchased from FDIC-insured depository institutions, have an original maturity greater than 90 days and up to 18 months and are carried at cost. At December 31, 2014, all certificates of deposit exceeded the FDIC insurance limit of $250,000 but were insured up to the full amount under the Massachusetts Depositors Insurance Fund, Massachusetts Credit Union Insurance Corporation or Massachusetts Cooperative Bank Share Insurance Fund.

Fair Value Hierarchy

The Company groups its assets and liabilities measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.

Level 1 — Valuation is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — Valuation is based on observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

81


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Level 3 — Valuation is based on unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using unobservable inputs to pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

Transfers between levels are recognized at the end of a reporting period, if applicable.

Securities Available for Sale

Securities are classified as available for sale and recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component in other comprehensive income/loss, net of tax effects. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the effective interest method over the terms of the securities. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method.

Each reporting period, the Company evaluates all securities with a decline in fair value below the amortized cost of the investment to determine whether or not the impairment is deemed to be other-than-temporary (“OTTI”). OTTI is required to be recognized if (1) the Company intends to sell the security; (2) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) for debt securities, the present value of expected cash flows is not sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis. Marketable equity securities are evaluated for OTTI based on the severity and duration of the impairment and, if deemed to be other than temporary, the declines in fair value are reflected in earnings as realized losses. For impaired debt securities that the Company intends to sell, or more likely than not will be required to sell, the full amount of the depreciation is recognized as OTTI through earnings. For all other impaired debt securities, credit-related OTTI is recognized through earnings and non-credit related OTTI is recognized in other comprehensive income/loss, net of applicable taxes.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

The Bank, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system, is required to maintain an investment in capital stock of the FHLB. Based on redemption provisions of the FHLB, the stock has no quoted market value and is carried at cost. At its discretion, the FHLB may declare dividends on the stock. The Company reviews for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the cost basis on the FHLB stock. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, no impairment has been recognized.

Loans Held For Sale

Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income.

Loans

The Company grants mortgage, commercial and consumer loans to customers. The Company’s loan portfolio includes residential real estate, commercial real estate, construction, commercial and industrial, and consumer segments. Residential real estate loans include classes for one- to four-family, multi-family and home equity lines of credit.

A substantial portion of the loan portfolio is represented by mortgage loans throughout eastern Massachusetts. The ability of the Company’s debtors to honor their contracts is dependent upon the real estate and general economic conditions in this area.

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance

 

82


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

for loan losses, and net deferred loan origination costs or fees. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the interest method over the terms of the loans.

Loans that were acquired in connection with the Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank (“Mt. Washington”) acquisition in 2010 were recorded at fair value with no carryover of the related allowance for loan losses. The fair value of the acquired loans involved estimating the amount and timing of principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at a market rate of interest. The excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable discount and is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the nonaccretable discount. The nonaccretable discount includes estimated future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loan. Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows require the Company to evaluate the need for an additional allowance for loan losses. Subsequent improvement in expected cash flows results in the reversal of a corresponding amount of the nonaccretable discount which is reclassified as accretable discount that is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan.

The accrual of interest on all loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days past due, unless the credit is well secured and in process of collection. Past due status is based on contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on non-accrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on non-accrual or charged off is reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of the probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

The allowance consists of general, allocated and unallocated components, as further described below.

General Component

The general component of the allowance for loan losses is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors stratified by loan segments and classes. Management uses a rolling average of historical losses based on a time frame appropriate to capture relevant loss data for each loan segment. This historical loss factor is adjusted for the following qualitative factors: levels/trends in delinquent and non-accrual loans; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of changes in risk selection and underwriting standards and other changes in lending policies, procedures and practices; experience/ability/depth of lending management and staff; national and local economic trends and conditions, and industry conditions. There were no changes in the Company’s policies or methodology pertaining to the general component of the allowance for loan losses during 2014 or 2013.

The qualitative factors are determined based on the various risk characteristics of each loan segment. Risk characteristics relevant to each portfolio segment are as follows:

One- to four-family residential real estate loans and home equity lines of credit — The Company primarily originates loans with a loan-to-value ratio of 80% or less and does not grant subprime loans. The

 

83


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Company may also originate loans with loan-to-value ratios up to 95% (100% for first time home buyers only) with such value measured at origination; however, private mortgage insurance is generally required for loans with a loan-to-value ratio over 80%. All loans in this segment are collateralized by residential real estate and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.

Multi-family and commercial real estate loans — Loans in this segment are primarily income-producing properties such as apartment buildings and properties used for business purposes such as office buildings, industrial facilities and retail facilities. These properties are generally located in the greater Boston metropolitan area and certain other areas in eastern Massachusetts, and in southeastern New Hampshire and Maine. The underlying cash flows generated by the properties can be adversely impacted by a downturn in the economy as evidenced by increased vacancy rates, which in turn, could have an effect on the credit quality in this segment. Management obtains rent rolls annually and continually monitors the cash flows of these loans.

Construction loans — Loans in this segment primarily include loans for construction of commercial development projects, including apartment buildings, small industrial buildings and retail and office buildings. The Company also originates loans to individuals and to builders to finance the construction of residential dwellings. Most of these construction loans provide for the payment of only interest during the construction phase, which is usually up to 12 to 24 months, although some construction loans are renewed, generally for one or two additional years. At the end of the construction phase, the loan may convert to a permanent mortgage loan or the loan may be paid in full. Loans generally are made with a maximum loan to value ratio of 80% of the appraised market value upon completion of the project. Management carefully monitors the existing construction portfolio for performance and project completion, with a goal of moving completed commercial projects to the commercial real estate portfolio and reviewing sales based projects for tracking toward construction goals.

Commercial and industrial loans — Loans in this segment are made to businesses in the Company’s market area and are generally secured by real estate or other assets of the business. Repayment is expected from the cash flows of the business. A weakened economy, and resultant decreased consumer spending, could have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.

Consumer loans — Loans in this segment may include automobile loans, loans secured by passbook or certificate accounts and overdraft loans and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower.

Allocated Component

The allocated component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for multi-family residential, commercial real estate, construction and commercial and industrial loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

An allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Company does not separately identify individual consumer and residential real estate loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are subject to a troubled debt restructuring agreement.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when

 

84


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

The Company periodically may agree to modify the contractual terms of loans. When a loan is modified and a concession is made to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, the modification is considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). All TDRs are initially classified as impaired.

Unallocated Component

An unallocated component may be maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating allocated and general components of the allowance for loan losses.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

The Bank has purchased insurance policies on the lives of certain directors, executive officers and employees. Bank-owned life insurance policies are reflected on the consolidated balance sheets at cash surrender value. Changes in net cash surrender value of the policies, as well as insurance proceeds received, are reflected in non-interest income on the consolidated statements of net income and are not subject to income taxes.

Premises and Equipment

Land is carried at cost. Buildings, equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or the expected terms of the leases, if shorter. Expected terms include lease option periods to the extent that the exercise of such options is reasonably assured. It is general practice to charge the cost of maintenance and repairs to earnings when incurred; major expenditures for improvements are capitalized and depreciated.

Servicing

The Company services residential real estate loans for others. Mortgage servicing assets are recognized as separate assets when rights are acquired through the sale of financial assets. For sale of mortgage loans, a portion of the cost of originating the loan is allocated to the servicing right based on fair value. The Company uses a valuation model to estimate the fair value of servicing rights. This model is utilized to calculate the present value of projected future cash flows and requires estimates of numerous market assumptions, such as interest rates, prepayment assumptions, servicing costs, discount rates, and the payment performance of the underlying loans. The measurement of the fair value of servicing rights is limited by the existing conditions and the assumptions utilized as of a particular point in time. Those same assumptions may not be appropriate if applied at a different point in time.

Capitalized servicing rights are reported in other assets and are amortized into non-interest income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying financial assets. Servicing assets are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to amortized cost. Impairment is determined by stratifying rights by predominant characteristics, such as interest rates and terms. Fair value is determined using prices for similar assets with similar characteristics. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for an individual stratum, to the extent that fair value is less than the capitalized amount for the stratum. Changes in the valuation allowance are reported in loan fee income.

 

85


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivative financial instruments are recognized as assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet and measured at fair value, if material.

Loan Level Interest Rate Swaps

The Company enters into interest rate swaps with commercial loan customers to synthetically convert the customer’s loan from a variable rate to a fixed rate. These swaps are matched in offsetting terms to swaps that the Company enters into with an outside third party. The swaps are reported at fair value in other assets and other liabilities. The Company’s swaps qualify as derivatives, but are not designated as hedging instruments, thus any net gain or loss resulting from changes in the fair value is recognized in other non-interest income.

Derivative Loan Commitments

Residential real estate loan commitments are referred to as derivative loan commitments if the loan that will result from exercise of the commitment will be held for sale upon funding. Loan commitments that are derivatives are recognized at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet in other assets and other liabilities with changes in their fair values recorded in mortgage-banking gains, net, if material.

Forward Loan Sale Commitments

To protect against the price risk inherent in derivative loan commitments, the Company utilizes both “mandatory delivery” and “best efforts” forward loan sale commitments to mitigate the risk of potential decreases in the values of loans that would result from the exercise of the derivative loan commitments. Forward sale commitments are recognized at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet in other assets and other liabilities with changes in their fair values recorded in mortgage-banking gains, if material.

Foreclosed Assets

Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. The excess, if any, of the loan balance over the fair value of the asset at the time of transfer from loans to foreclosed assets is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations, changes in the valuation allowance, any direct write-downs and gains or losses on sales are included in foreclosed real estate expense.

Valuation of Goodwill and Analysis for Impairment

The Company’s goodwill resulted from the acquisition of another financial institution accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The amount of goodwill recorded at acquisition is impacted by the recorded fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, which is an estimate determined by the use of internal or other valuation techniques.

Goodwill is subject to an annual review by management that first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. The Company is not required to calculate the fair value of the Company unless management determines, based on the qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. If the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test is necessary, step one compares the book value of the Company to the fair value of the Company. If test one is failed, a more detailed analysis is performed, which involves measuring the excess of the fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in step one, over the aggregate fair value of the individual assets, liabilities, and identifiable intangibles as if the financial reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. In the event of future changes in fair value, the Company may be exposed to an impairment charge that could be material.

 

86


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of an entire financial asset, a group of entire financial assets, or participating interest in an entire financial asset are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets.

During the normal course of business, the Company may transfer a portion of a financial asset, for example, a participation loan or the government guaranteed portion of a loan. In order to be eligible for sales treatment, the transfer of the portion of the loan must meet the criteria of a participating interest. If it does not meet the criteria of a participating interest, the transfer must be accounted for as a secured borrowing. In order to meet the criteria for a participating interest, all cash flows from the loan must be divided proportionately, the rights of each loan holder must have the same priority, the loan holders must have no recourse to the transferor other than standard representations and warranties and no loan holder has the right to pledge or exchange the entire loan.

Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans

The Company accounts for certain supplemental executive retirement benefits on the net periodic pension cost method using an actuarial model that allocates pension costs over the service period of employees in the plan. The Company accounts for the over-funded or under-funded status of its defined benefit plan as an asset or liability in its consolidated balance sheets and recognizes changes in the funded status in the year in which the changes occur through other comprehensive income or loss.

Share-Based Compensation Plans

The Company measures and recognizes compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions based on the grant-date fair value of the equity instruments issued. Share-based compensation is recognized over the period the employee is required to provide service for the award. Reductions in compensation expense associated with forfeited options are estimated at the date of grant, and this estimated forfeiture rate is adjusted quarterly based on actual forfeiture experience. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options granted.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

Compensation expense for the ESOP is recorded at an amount equal to the shares allocated by the ESOP multiplied by the average fair market value of the shares during the period. The Company recognizes compensation expense ratably over the year based upon the Company’s estimate of the number of shares expected to be allocated by the ESOP. Unearned compensation applicable to the ESOP is reflected as a reduction of stockholder’s equity in the consolidated balance sheets. The difference between the average fair market value and the cost of the shares allocated by the ESOP is recorded as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital.

Income Taxes

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between the book and tax basis of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws. A valuation allowance is established against deferred tax assets when, based upon the available evidence including historical and projected taxable income, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company does not have any uncertain tax

 

87


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

positions at December 31, 2014 or 2013 which require accrual or disclosure. The Company records interest and penalties as part of income tax expense. No interest or penalties were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Income tax benefits related to stock compensation in excess of grant date fair value, less any proceeds on exercise, are recognized as an increase to additional paid-in capital upon vesting or exercising and delivery of the stock. Any income tax effects related to stock compensation that are less than grant date fair value less any proceeds on exercise would be recognized as a reduction of additional paid-in capital to the extent of previously recognized income tax benefits and then through income tax expense for the remaining amount.

Treasury Stock

Common stock shares repurchased are recorded as treasury stock at cost.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share excludes dilution and is calculated by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. If rights to dividends on unvested stock awards are non-forfeitable, these unvested stock awards are considered outstanding in the computation of basic earnings per share. Diluted earnings per share is computed in a manner similar to that of basic earnings per share except that the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding is increased to include the number of incremental common shares (computed using the treasury method) that would have been outstanding if all potentially dilutive common stock equivalents (such as options) were issued during the period. Unallocated common shares held by the ESOP are shown as a reduction in stockholders’ equity and are not included in the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for either basic or diluted earnings per share calculations.

Basic and diluted earnings per share have been computed based on the following:

 

                                                                          
       Years Ended December 31,  
       2014        2013        2012  
       (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Net income available to common stockholders

     $ 22,327         $ 15,429         $ 12,426   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

       52,470,513           52,976,873           52,958,079   

Effect of dilutive stock options

       1,097,258           858,079           559,981   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

       53,567,771           53,834,952           53,518,060   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

              

Basic

     $ 0.43         $ 0.29         $ 0.23   

Diluted

     $ 0.42         $ 0.29         $ 0.23   

Share and per share amounts related to periods prior to the date of completion of the Conversion (July 28, 2014) have been restated to give retroactive recognition to the exchange ratio applied in the Conversion (2.4484-to-one). There were no anti-dilutive options for year ended December 31, 2014. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, options for the exercise of 34,207 and 42,847, respectively, were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share because to do so would have been anti-dilutive.

 

88


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Comprehensive Income

Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the consolidated balance sheets, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income (loss). The components of accumulated other comprehensive income, included in stockholders’ equity, are as follows:

 

                                                 
       December 31,  
       2014      2013  
       (In thousands)  

Securities available for sale:

       

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

     $ 5,607       $ 7,416   

Tax effect

       (2,189      (2,969
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net-of-tax amount

       3,418         4,447   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Defined benefit plans:

       

Supplemental director retirement plan:

       

Unrecognized net actuarial loss

       (323      (104

Unrecognized prior service cost

       (34      (62
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

       (357      (166

Tax effect

       125         58   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net-of-tax amount

       (232      (108
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term health care plan:

       

Unrecognized net actuarial loss

       (211      (112

Unrecognized prior service cost

       (232      (249
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

       (443      (361

Tax effect

       155         126   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net-of-tax amount

       (288      (235
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     $ 2,898       $ 4,104   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrecognized prior service costs amounting to $28,000 and $17,000, included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2014, are expected to be recognized as a component of net periodic retirement plan cost and long-term health care cost, respectively, for the year ending December 31, 2015.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-04, Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40), Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure. This update is intended to reduce diversity in the application of guidance by clarifying when an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan receivable should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized. Amendments in this update are effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. The adoption is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The objective of this ASU was to clarify the principles for recognizing revenue and to develop a common

 

89


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

revenue standard for GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. The guidance in this ASU affects any entity that either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards. The core principal of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. For public entities, the amendments in this update are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early application is not permitted. The Company is currently reviewing this ASU to determine if it will have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.

2.  SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

The amortized cost and fair values of securities available for sale, with gross unrealized gains and losses, follows:

 

                                                                                                   
       Amortized
Cost
       Gross
Unrealized
Gains
       Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  
       (In thousands)  

December 31, 2014

                 

Debt securities:

                 

Corporate bonds:

                 

Financial services

     $ 37,852         $ 533         $ (38    $ 38,347   

Industry and manufacturing

       5,935           121                   6,056   

Healthcare

       4,001           27                   4,028   

Other

       1,005           19                   1,024   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total corporate bonds

       48,793           700           (38      49,455   

Government-sponsored enterprises

       34,548           9           (357      34,200   

U.S. treasury securities

       24,991                     (54      24,937   

Municipal bonds

       5,441           182                   5,623   

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

                 

Government-sponsored enterprises

       8,754           589           (3      9,340   

Private label

       1,410           86                   1,496   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

       123,937           1,566           (452      125,051   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Marketable equity securities:

                 

Common stocks:

                 

Financial services

       10,849           1,225           (51      12,023   

Industry and manufacturing

       16,894           822           (1,658      16,058   

Consumer products and services

       13,992           1,467           (549      14,910   

Technology

       2,521           79           (184      2,416   

Healthcare

       5,220           1,551                   6,771   

Other

       3,441           1,826                   5,267   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total common stocks

       52,917           6,970           (2,442      57,445   

Money market mutual funds

       21,060                     (35      21,025   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable equity securities

       73,977           6,970           (2,477      78,470   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

     $ 197,914         $ 8,536         $ (2,929    $ 203,521   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

90


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

                                                                                                   
       Amortized
Cost
       Gross
Unrealized
Gains
       Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  
       (In thousands)  

December 31, 2013

                 

Debt securities:

                 

Corporate bonds:

                 

Financial services

     $ 58,166         $ 1,148         $ (66    $ 59,248   

Industry and manufacturing

       13,893           264           (16      14,141   

Consumer products and services

       7,234           32                   7,266   

Technology

       2,503           18                   2,521   

Healthcare

       9,009           149                   9,158   

Other

       1,011           43                   1,054   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total corporate bonds

       91,816           1,654           (82      93,388   

Government-sponsored enterprises

       34,562           3           (1,417      33,148   

Municipal bonds

       5,721           137                   5,858   

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

                 

Government-sponsored enterprises

       11,138           592                   11,730   

Private label

       1,578           86                   1,664   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

       144,815           2,472           (1,499      145,788   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Marketable equity securities:

                 

Common stocks:

                 

Financial services

       6,909           614                   7,523   

Industry and manufacturing

       18,092           2,413           (58      20,447   

Consumer products and services

       9,909           1,530           (3      11,436   

Technology

       3,442           132           (66      3,508   

Healthcare

       5,048           1,115                   6,163   

Other

       3,441           807                   4,248   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total common stocks

       46,841           6,611           (127      53,325   

Money market mutual funds

       2,065                     (41      2,024   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable equity securities

       48,906           6,611           (168      55,349   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

     $ 193,721         $ 9,083         $ (1,667    $ 201,137   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014, securities with an amortized cost of $23.0 million and $1.4 million, respectively, were pledged as collateral for Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston borrowings and Federal Reserve Bank discount window borrowings.

 

91


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity at December 31, 2014 are as follows. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                       
    One Year or Less     After One Year
Through Five Years
    After Five Years     Total  
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
 
    (In thousands)  

Corporate bonds:

               

Financial services

  $ 12,501      $ 12,637      $ 25,351      $ 25,710      $      $      $ 37,852      $ 38,347   

Industry and manufacturing

    995        1,014        4,940        5,042                      5,935        6,056   

Healthcare

    4,001        4,028                                    4,001        4,028   

Other

    1,005        1,024                                    1,005        1,024   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate bonds

    18,502        18,703        30,291        30,752                      48,793        49,455   

Government-sponsored enterprises

    48        49        23,500        23,369        11,000        10,782        34,548        34,200   

U.S. treasury securities

                  24,991        24,937                      24,991        24,937   

Municipal bonds

    802        818        4,639        4,805                      5,441        5,623   

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

               

Government-sponsored enterprises

                                8,754        9,340        8,754        9,340   

Private label

                                1,410        1,496        1,410        1,496   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 19,352      $ 19,570      $ 83,421      $ 83,863      $ 21,164      $ 21,618      $ 123,937      $ 125,051   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, proceeds from sales of securities available for sale amounted to $33.3 million, $60.8 million and $38.7 million, respectively. Gross gains of $6.3 million, $9.6 million and $5.7 million and gross losses of $91,000, $10,000 and $100,000, respectively, were realized on those sales.

 

92


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Information pertaining to securities available for sale as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, with gross unrealized losses aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position, follows:

 

                                                                                                   
       Less Than Twelve Months        Twelve Months or Longer  
       Gross
Unrealized
Losses
       Fair
Value
       Gross
Unrealized
Losses
       Fair
Value
 
       (In thousands)  

December 31, 2014

                   

Debt securities:

                   

Corporate bonds - financial services

     $ 5         $ 1,994         $ 33         $ 1,467   

Government-sponsored enterprises

       10           4,491           347           24,653   

U.S. treasury securities

       54           24,937                       

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

                   

Government-sponsored enterprises

       3           225                       
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total debt securities

       72           31,647           380           26,120   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Marketable equity securities:

                   

Common stocks:

                   

Financial services

       51           1,855                       

Industry and manufacturing

       1,658           8,046                       

Consumer products and services

       549           3,864                       

Technology

       184           1,855                       
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total common stocks

       2,442           15,620                       

Money market mutual funds

                           35           1,018   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total marketable equity securities

       2,442           15,620           35           1,018   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

     $ 2,514         $ 47,267         $ 415         $ 27,138   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

                   

Debt securities:

                   

Corporate bonds:

                   

Financial services

     $ 19         $ 6,981         $ 47         $ 1,453   

Industry and manufacturing

       16           984                       
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total corporate bonds

       35           7,965           47           1,453   

Government-sponsored enterprises

       1,296           31,205           121           1,879   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total debt securities

       1,331           39,170           168           3,332   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Marketable equity securities:

                   

Common stocks:

                   

Industry and manufacturing

       58           3,089                       

Consumer products and services

       3           606                       

Technology

       66           1,872                       
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total common stocks

       127           5,567                       

Money market mutual funds

                           41           998   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total marketable equity securities

       127           5,567           41           998   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

     $ 1,458         $ 44,737         $ 209         $ 4,330   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

93


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The Company determined no securities were other-than-temporarily impaired for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis, with more frequent evaluation for selected issuers or when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluations.

As of December 31, 2014, the net unrealized gain on the total debt securities portfolio was $1.1 million. At December 31, 2014, 30 debt securities had unrealized losses with aggregate depreciation of 0.8% from the Company’s amortized cost basis. In analyzing a debt issuer’s financial condition, management considers whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred, industry analysts’ reports and, to a lesser extent given the relatively insignificant levels of depreciation in the Company’s debt portfolio, spread differentials between the effective rates on instruments in the portfolio compared to risk-free rates. The unrealized losses are primarily caused by (a) recent declines in profitability and near-term profit forecasts by industry analysts resulting from a decline in the level of business activity (b) recent downgrades by several industry analysts and (c) recent increases in interest rates. The contractual terms of these investments do not permit the companies to settle the security at a price less than the par value of the investment. The Company currently does not believe it is probable that it will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the investments. Therefore, it is expected that the bonds would not be settled at a price less than the par value of the investment. Because (1) the Company does not intend to sell the securities; (2) the Company does not believe it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the securities before recovery of its amortized cost basis; and (3) the present value of expected cash flows is sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the securities, the Company does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014.

As of December 31, 2014, the net unrealized gain on the total marketable equity portfolio was $4.5 million. At December 31, 2014, 35 marketable equity securities have unrealized losses with aggregate depreciation of 13.0% from the Company’s cost basis. Although the issuers have shown declines in earnings as a result of the weakened economy, no credit issues have been identified that cause management to believe the decline in market value is other than temporary, and the Company has the ability and intent to hold these investments until a recovery of fair value. In analyzing an equity issuer’s financial condition, management considers industry analysts’ reports, financial performance and projected target prices of investment analysts within a one-year time frame. A decline of 10% or more in the value of an acquired equity security is generally the triggering event for management to review individual securities for liquidation and/or classification as other-than-temporarily impaired. Impairment losses are recognized when management concludes that declines in the value of equity securities are other than temporary, or when they can no longer assert that they have the intent and ability to hold depreciated equity securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. Unrealized losses on marketable equity securities that are in excess of 25% of cost and that have been sustained for more than twelve months are generally considered-other-than temporary and charged to earnings as impairment losses, or realized through sale of the security.

 

94


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

3.     LOANS

A summary of loans follows:

 

                                                 
       December 31,  
       2014      2013  
       (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate loans:

       

Residential real estate:

       

One- to four-family

     $ 468,560       $ 454,148   

Multi-family

       409,675         288,172   

Home equity lines of credit

       50,091         54,499   

Commercial real estate

       1,145,820         1,032,408   

Construction

       265,980         208,799   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

       2,340,126         2,038,026   

Commercial and industrial

       330,813         247,005   

Consumer

       8,772         7,225   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

       2,679,711         2,292,256   

Allowance for loan losses

       (28,469      (25,335

Net deferred loan origination fees

       (2,335      (1,521
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans, net

     $ 2,648,907       $ 2,265,400   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company has transferred a portion of its originated commercial real estate loans to participating lenders. The amounts transferred have been accounted for as sales and are therefore not included in the Company’s accompanying balance sheets. The Company and participating lenders share ratably in any gains or losses that may result from a borrower’s lack of compliance with contractual terms of the loan. The Company continues to service the loans on behalf of the participating lenders and, as such, collects cash payments from the borrowers, remits payments to participating lenders and disburses required escrow funds to relevant parties. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company was servicing loans for participants aggregating $88.1 million and $62.8 million, respectively.

As a result of the Mt. Washington acquisition in January 2010, the Company acquired loans at fair value of $345.3 million. Included in this amount was $27.7 million of loans with evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination for which it was probable, at the time of the acquisition, that the Company would be unable to collect all contractually required payments receivable. The Company’s evaluation of loans with evidence of credit deterioration as of the acquisition date resulted in a nonaccretable discount of $7.6 million, which is defined as the loan’s contractually required payments receivable in excess of the amount of its cash flows expected to be collected. The Company considered factors such as payment history, collateral values, and accrual status when determining whether there was evidence of deterioration of the loan’s credit quality at the acquisition date.

 

95


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The following is a summary of the outstanding balance of the acquired loans with evidence of credit deterioration:

 

                                                 
       December 31,  
       2014      2013  
       (In thousands)  

Real estate loans:

       

Residential real estate:

       

One- to four-family

     $ 5,776       $ 6,494   

Multi-family

       625         846   

Home equity lines of credit

       505         509   

Commercial real estate

       447         720   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

       7,353         8,569   

Commercial and industrial

               78   

Consumer

               4   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding principal balance

       7,353         8,651   

Discount

       (1,787      (2,215
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying amount

     $ 5,566       $ 6,436   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

A rollforward of accretable yield follows:

 

                                                                          
       Years Ended December 31,  
       2014      2013      2012  
       (In thousands)  

Beginning balance

     $ 1,181       $ 1,047       $ 1,181   

Reclassification from nonaccretable discount

               332           

Accretion

       (237      (37      (44

Disposals

       (25      (161      (90
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

     $ 919       $ 1,181       $ 1,047   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

96


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

An analysis of the allowance for loan losses and related information follows:

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
    One- to
four-family
    Multi-
family
    Home
equity lines
of credit
    Commercial
real estate
    Construction     Commercial
and
industrial
    Consumer     Unallocated     Total  
    (In thousands)  

Allowance for loan losses:

                 

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 1,861      $ 1,361      $ 245      $ 6,980      $ 1,430      $ 1,061      $ 115      $     —      $ 13,053   

Provision for loan losses

    919        114        33        3,917        2,382        1,102        114               8,581   

Charge-offs

    (599     (72     (52     (719     (398            (164            (2,004

Recoveries

    326        28               227        242        11        40               874   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    2,507        1,431        226        10,405        3,656        2,174        105               20,504   

Provision (credit) for loan losses

    (217     1,084        (71     2,426        1,525        1,523        200               6,470   

Charge-offs

    (531     (96                   (1,362     (288     (283            (2,560

Recoveries

    232                             555        24        110               921   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

    1,991        2,419        155        12,831        4,374        3,433        132               25,335   

Provision (credit) for loan losses

    (155     1,216        (50     255        715        1,264        68               3,313   

Charge-offs

    (54            (5     (116     (71     (72     (187            (505

Recoveries

    67                      30        137        8        84               326   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $ 1,849      $ 3,635      $ 100      $ 13,000      $ 5,155      $ 4,633      $ 97      $      $ 28,469   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

                 

Amount of allowance for loan losses for loans deemed to be impaired

  $ 76      $ 168      $      $      $ 32      $ 14      $      $      $ 290   

Amount of allowance for loan losses for loans not deemed to be impaired

    1,773        3,467        100        13,000        5,123        4,619        97               28,179   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 1,849      $ 3,635      $ 100      $ 13,000      $ 5,155      $ 4,633      $ 97      $      $ 28,469   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amount of allowance for loan losses for loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality included above

  $ 41      $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $ 41   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans deemed to be impaired

  $ 4,415      $ 1,443      $ 20      $ 15,398      $ 9,818      $ 984      $        $ 32,078   

Loans not deemed to be impaired

    464,145        408,232        50,071        1,130,422        256,162        329,829        8,772          2,647,633   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
  $ 468,560      $ 409,675      $ 50,091      $ 1,145,820      $ 265,980      $ 330,813      $ 8,772        $ 2,679,711   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

97


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
    One- to
four-
family
    Multi-
family
    Home
equity lines
of credit
    Commercial
real estate
    Construction     Commercial
and
industrial
    Consumer     Unallocated     Total  
    (In thousands)  

December 31, 2013

                 

Amount of allowance for loan losses for loans deemed to be impaired

  $ 132      $      $      $ 190      $ 54      $      $      $     —      $ 376   

Amount of allowance for loan losses for loans not deemed to be impaired

    1,859        2,419        155        12,641        4,320        3,433        132               24,959   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 1,991      $ 2,419      $ 155      $ 12,831      $ 4,374      $ 3,433      $ 132      $      $ 25,335   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amount of allowance for loan losses for loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality included above

  $ 44      $      $      $ 12      $      $      $      $      $ 56   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans deemed to be impaired

  $ 4,089      $ 4,002      $ 21      $ 10,820      $ 13,308      $ 1,232      $        $ 33,472   

Loans not deemed to be impaired

    450,059        284,170        54,478        1,021,588        195,491        245,773        7,225          2,258,784   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
  $ 454,148      $ 288,172      $ 54,499      $ 1,032,408      $ 208,799      $ 247,005      $ 7,225        $ 2,292,256   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

The following table provides information about the Company’s past due and non-accrual loans:

 

                                                                                                                            
       30-59
Days
Past Due
       60-89
Days
Past Due
       90 Days
or Greater
Past Due
       Total
Past Due
       Loans on
Non-accrual
 
       (In thousands)  

December 31, 2014

                        

Real estate loans:

                        

Residential real estate:

                        

One- to four-family

     $ 4,386         $ 1,129         $ 3,056         $ 8,571         $ 14,649   

Home equity lines of credit

       1,040           75           753           1,868           2,277   

Commercial real estate

                 1,739           3,038           4,777           5,311   

Construction

                           7,350           7,350           8,417   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

       5,426           2,943           14,197           22,566           30,654   

Commercial and industrial

       5           99           833           937           855   

Consumer

       521           527                     1,048             
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     $ 5,952         $ 3,569         $ 15,030         $ 24,551         $ 31,509   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

98


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

                                                                                                                            
       30-59
Days
Past Due
       60-89
Days
Past Due
       90 Days
or Greater
Past Due
       Total
Past Due
       Loans on
Non-accrual
 
       (In thousands)  

December 31, 2013

                        

Real estate loans:

                        

Residential real estate:

                        

One- to four-family

     $ 6,203         $ 1,185         $ 6,714         $ 14,102         $ 17,622   

Multi-family

       75                     85           160             

Home equity lines of credit

       2,504           178           744           3,426           2,689   

Commercial real estate

       314                     2,742           3,056           8,972   

Construction

       497                     11,297           11,794           11,298   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

       9,593           1,363           21,582           32,538           40,581   

Commercial and industrial

       284           50           852           1,186           949   

Consumer

       461           282                     743             
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     $ 10,338         $ 1,695         $ 22,434         $ 34,467         $ 41,530   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company did not have any accruing loans past due 90 days or more. Delinquent loans at December 31, 2014 and 2013 included $485,000 and $1.3 million of loans acquired with evidence of credit deterioration. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, non-accrual loans included $994,000 and $1.2 million of loans acquired with evidence of credit deterioration.

The following tables provide information with respect to the Company’s impaired loans:

 

                                                                                                                                                     
    December 31,  
    2014     2013  
    Recorded
Investment
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Related
Allowance
    Recorded
Investment
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Related
Allowance
 
    (In thousands)  

Impaired loans without a valuation allowance:

           

One- to four-family

  $ 2,986      $ 3,515        $ 2,399      $ 2,699     

Multi-family

    102        102          4,002        4,002     

Home equity lines of credit

    20        20          21        21     

Commercial real estate

    15,398        15,705          9,327        10,014     

Construction

    9,328        10,007          12,930        15,926     

Commercial and industrial

    936        1,320          1,232        1,635     
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

    28,770        30,669          29,911        34,297     
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Impaired loans with a valuation allowance:

           

One- to four-family

    1,429        1,429      $ 76        1,690        1,806      $ 132   

Multi-family

    1,341        1,341        168                        

Commercial real estate

                         1,493        1,493        190   

Construction

    490        490        32        378        389        54   

Commercial and industrial

    48        48        14                        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    3,308        3,308        290        3,561        3,688        376   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

  $ 32,078      $ 33,977      $ 290      $ 33,472      $ 37,985      $ 376   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

99


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

At December 31, 2014, additional funds of $2.2 million are committed to be advanced in connection with impaired construction loans.

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2014     2013     2012  
    Average
Recorded
Investment
    Interest
Income
Recognized
    Interest
Income
Recognized
on Cash Basis
    Average
Recorded
Investment
    Interest
Income
Recognized
    Interest
Income
Recognized
on Cash Basis
    Average
Recorded
Investment
    Interest
Income
Recognized
    Interest
Income
Recognized
on Cash Basis
 
    (In thousands)  

One- to four-family

  $ 4,246      $ 243      $ 103      $ 4,627      $ 219      $ 192      $ 4,510      $ 245      $ 196   

Multi-family

    3,395        297               5,694        300        292        8,959        752        717   

Home equity lines of credit

    20        1               22        1        1        23        1        1   

Commercial real estate

    10,463        456        273        13,010        654        314        14,479        857        498   

Construction

    11,060        314        247        16,452        1,076        359        23,027        1,428        706   

Commercial and industrial

    1,139        26        17        958        62        32        674        54        54   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

  $ 30,323      $ 1,337      $ 640      $ 40,763      $ 2,312      $ 1,190      $ 51,672      $ 3,337      $ 2,172   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the TDRs at the dates indicated:

 

                                                 
       December 31,  
       2014        2013  
       (In thousands)  

TDRs on accrual status:

         

One- to four-family

     $ 2,946         $ 2,588   

Multi-family

       1,443           109   

Home equity lines of credit

       20           21   

Commercial real estate

       9,950           1,368   

Construction

       121             
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total TDRs on accrual status

       14,480           4,086   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

TDRs on non-accrual status:

         

One- to four-family

       1,469           1,500   

Commercial real estate

       283           4,309   

Construction

       6,496           9,489   

Commercial and industrial

       186           192   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total TDRs on non-accrual status

       8,434           15,490   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total TDRs

     $ 22,914         $ 19,576   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

100


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The following is a summary of TDRs modified during the periods indicated:

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2014     2013     2012  
    Number of
Loans
    Pre-
Modification
Balance
    Post-
Modification
Balance
    Number of
Loans
    Pre-
Modification
Balance
    Post-
Modification
Balance
    Number of
Loans
    Pre-
Modification
Balance
    Post-
Modification
Balance
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate loans:

                 

One- to four-family

    3      $ 714      $ 714        2      $ 391      $ 391        6      $ 1,433      $ 1,433   

Multi-family

                                              1        110        110   

Commercial real estate

    3        10,323        10,323        1        207        207        1        1,395        1,395   

Construction

    1        568        568        2        2,946        2,946                        

Commercial and industrial

    2        143        143                                             
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    9      $ 11,748      $ 11,748        5      $ 3,544      $ 3,544        8      $ 2,938      $ 2,938   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following provides information on how loans were modified as TDRs during the periods indicated:

 

                                                                          
       Years Ended December 31,  
       2014        2013        2012  
       (In thousands)  

Adjusted interest rates

     $ 714         $ 391         $ 1,433   

Extended maturity dates

       10,419           2,946             

Combination of rate and maturity

       615           207           1,505   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     $ 11,748         $ 3,544         $ 2,938   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

For loans modified as TDRs during the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company adjusted the interest rates on three loans with rate adjustments ranging from 1.25% to 2.00% and extended the maturity dates for seven loans with extended periods ranging from 12 months to 6 years. For the year ended December 31, 2013, loans modified as TDRs included two loans with interest rate adjustments ranging from 1.50% to 2.63% and three loans three loans with extended maturity periods ranging from nine months to 10 years. The loans modified as TDRs during 2012 primarily consisted of a loan with a rate reduction of 4.50% and a maturity extension of 30 years.

The Company generally places loans modified as TDRs on non-accrual status for a minimum period of six months. Loans modified as TDRs qualify for return to accrual status once they have demonstrated performance with the modified terms of the loan agreement for a minimum of six months and future payments are reasonably assured. TDRs are reported as impaired loans with an allowance established as part of the allocated component of the allowance for loan losses when the discounted cash flows of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. TDRs may be removed from impairment disclosures in the year following the restructure if the borrower demonstrates compliance with the modified terms and the restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate equal to that which would be provided to a borrower with similar credit at the time of restructuring. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the allowance for loan losses included an allocated component of $15,000 and $12,000, respectively, with $0 and $996,000 in charge-offs related to the TDRs modified during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

101


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The following is a summary of TDRs that defaulted (became 90 days past due) in the first twelve months after restructure:

 

                                                                                                                                                     
       Years Ended December 31,  
       2014        2013        2012  
       Number
of
Loans
       Recorded
Investment
       Number
of
Loans
       Recorded
Investment
       Number
of
Loans
       Recorded
Investment
 
       (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate loans:

                             

One- to four-family

               $                   $           5         $ 908   

Construction

                           1           207                       
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

               $           1         $ 207           5         $ 908   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

The Company utilizes a nine grade internal loan rating system for multi-family, commercial real estate, construction, and commercial and industrial loans as follows:

 

   

Loans rated 1, 2, 3 and 3A:     Loans in these categories are considered “pass” rated loans with low to average risk.

 

   

Loans rated 4 and 4A:     Loans in these categories are considered “special mention.” These loans are starting to show signs of potential weakness and are being closely monitored by management.

 

   

Loans rated 5:     Loans in this category are considered “substandard.” Generally, a loan is considered substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligors and/or the collateral pledged. There is a distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the weakness is not corrected.

 

   

Loans rated 6:     Loans in this category are considered “doubtful.” Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, highly questionable and improbable.

 

   

Loans rated 7:     Loans in this category are considered uncollectible (“loss”) and of such little value that their continuance as loans is not warranted.

On an annual basis, or more often if needed, the Company formally reviews the ratings on all multi-family, commercial real estate, construction, and commercial and industrial loans. The Company also engages an independent third-party to review a significant portion of loans within these segments on at least an annual basis. Management uses the results of these reviews as part of its annual review process.

The following tables provide information with respect to the Company’s risk rating:

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                       
    December 31,  
    2014     2013  
    Multi-family
residential
real estate
    Commercial
real estate
    Construction     Commercial
and
industrial
    Multi-family
residential
real estate
    Commercial
real estate
    Construction     Commercial
and
industrial
 
    (In thousands)  

Loans rated 1 — 3A

  $ 399,113      $ 1,135,540      $ 238,505      $ 322,013      $ 275,711      $ 1,015,172      $ 178,980      $ 245,646   

Loans rated 4 — 4A

    1,960        4,832        —          7,816        1,665        4,315        —          4   

Loans rated 5

    8,602        5,448        27,475        984        10,796        12,921        29,819        1,355   

Loans rated 6

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Loans rated 7

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 409,675      $ 1,145,820      $ 265,980      $ 330,813      $ 288,172      $ 1,032,408      $ 208,799      $ 247,005   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

102


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

For one- to four-family real estate loans, home equity lines of credit and consumer loans, management uses delinquency reports as the key credit quality indicator.

4.    SERVICING

Loans serviced for others by the Company are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The risks inherent in mortgage servicing assets relate primarily to changes in prepayments that result from shifts in mortgage interest rates. The unpaid principal balances of mortgage loans serviced for others amounted to $150.5 million, $163.4 million and $174.3 million at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Included in loans serviced for others at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is $65.6 million, $71.2 million and $80.1 million, respectively, of loans serviced for the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston with a recourse provision whereby the Company may be obligated to participate in potential losses on a limited basis when a realized loss on foreclosure occurs. Losses are borne in priority order by the borrower, PMI insurance, the Federal Home Loan Bank and the Company. At December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the maximum contingent liability associated with loans sold with recourse is $3.2 million, $3.2 million and $3.0 million, respectively, which is not recorded in the consolidated financial statements. The Company has never repurchased any loans or incurred any losses under these recourse provisions.

The fair value of servicing rights was determined using discounts rates ranging from 8.50% to 11.50% and projected prepayment speeds from the Mortgage Industry Advisory Corporation PSA tables ranging from 131 to 328 at December 31, 2014. At December 31, 2013, the fair value of servicing rights was determined using discounts rates ranging from 8.50% to 11.50% and projected prepayment speeds from the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association PSA tables ranging from 122 to 362.

The following summarizes mortgage servicing rights capitalized and amortized, along with the aggregate activity in related valuation allowances:

 

                                                                          
       Years Ended December 31,  
       2014      2013      2012  
       (In thousands)  

Mortgage servicing rights:

          

Balance at beginning of year

     $ 724       $ 928       $ 533   

Additions

       29         99         708   

Amortization

       (220      (303      (313
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

       533         724         928   

Valuation allowance:

          

Balance at beginning of year

       8         70           

Recoveries

       (2      (62        

Provisions

                       70   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

       6         8         70   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing assets, net

     $ 527       $ 716       $ 858   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of mortgage servicing assets

     $ 1,367       $ 1,517       $ 1,065   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

103


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The following servicing fees are included in loan fee income:

 

                                                                          
       Years Ended December 31,  
       2014        2013        2012  
       (In thousands)  

Contractually specified servicing fees

     $ 386         $ 417         $ 354   

Late fees

       13           11           10   

Ancillary fees

       2           2           3   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 
     $ 401         $ 430         $ 367   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

5. FORECLOSED REAL ESTATE

At December 31, 2014, foreclosed assets consist of one townhouse construction development project and one residential building lot.

Foreclosed real estate is presented net of an allowance for losses. An analysis of the allowance for losses on foreclosed real estate is as follows:

 

                                                                          
       Years Ended December 31,  
       2014      2013      2012  
       (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

     $ 875       $ 515       $ 638   

Provision for losses

       303         413         418   

Charge-offs

       (176      (53      (541
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     $ 1,002       $ 875       $ 515   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Expenses applicable to foreclosed real estate include the following:

 

                                                                          
       Years Ended December 31,  
       2014        2013      2012  
       (In thousands)  

Net gain on sales

     $         $ (68    $ (33

Provision for losses

       303           413         418   

Operating expenses, net of rental income

       135           134         214   
    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total foreclosed real estate expenses

     $ 438         $ 479       $ 599   
    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

A summary of the cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment follows:

 

                                                                          
       December 31,      Estimated
Useful
Lives
 
       2014      2013     
       (In thousands)         

Land and land improvements

     $ 8,243       $ 8,243         N/A   

Buildings

       33,883         33,393         40 years   

Leasehold improvements

       4,771         4,637         5-20 years   

Equipment

       16,918         16,154         3-7 years   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    
       63,815         62,427      

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

       (25,303      (23,001   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    
     $ 38,512       $ 39,426      
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

104


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 amounted to $2.4 million, $2.3 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

Lease Commitments

The Company is obligated under non-cancelable operating lease agreements for banking offices and facilities. These leases have terms with renewal options, the cost of which is not included below. The leases generally provide that real estate taxes, insurance, maintenance and other related costs are to be paid by the Company. At December 31, 2014, future minimum lease payments are as follows:

 

                        

Years Ending December 31,

     Amount  
       (In thousands)  

2015

     $ 1,356   

2016

       1,278   

2017

       1,100   

2018

       1,020   

2019

       764   

Thereafter

       3,952   
    

 

 

 
     $ 9,470   
    

 

 

 

Total rent expense for all operating leases amounted to $1.4 million, $1.2 million and $963,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

7. DEPOSITS

A summary of deposit balances, by type, follows:

 

                                                 
       December 31,  
       2014        2013  
       (In thousands)  

Demand deposits

     $ 285,990         $ 255,639   

NOW deposits

       294,840           210,277   

Money market deposits

       942,542           847,360   

Regular savings and other deposits

       272,611           259,608   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total non-certificate accounts

       1,795,983           1,572,884   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Term certificates less than $100,000

       280,393           296,525   

Term certificates $100,000 and greater

       427,559           379,191   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total term certificates

       707,952           675,716   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total deposits

     $ 2,503,935         $ 2,248,600   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

105


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

A summary of term certificates, by maturity, follows:

 

                                                                                                   
       December 31,  
       2014      2013  
                Weighted               Weighted  

Maturing

     Amount        Average Rate      Amount        Average Rate  
       (Dollars in thousands)  

Within 1 year

     $ 493,676           1.05    $ 440,178           1.08

Over 1 year to 2 years

       131,099           1.31         140,466           1.48   

Over 2 years to 3 years

       42,237           1.39         55,628           1.75   

Over 3 years to 4 years

       18,202           1.47         18,703           1.82   

Over 4 years to 5 years

       19,539           1.50         17,685           1.47   

Greater than 5 years

       3,199           5.50         3,056           5.13   
    

 

 

         

 

 

      
     $ 707,952           1.16    $ 675,716           1.27
    

 

 

         

 

 

      

8.    BORROWINGS

Long-term debt consists of FHLB advances as follows:

 

                                                                                                   
       December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Maturing During the Year Ending December 31,

     Amount        Weighted
Average Rate
     Amount        Weighted
Average Rate
 
       (Dollars in thousands)  

2014

     $              $ 4,000           2.37

2015

       39,500           1.20         19,500           2.05   

2016

       41,500           1.20         16,500           1.97   

2017

       74,632           1.38         77,500           1.35   

2018

                         25,000           1.19   

2019

       8,454           1.23         10,203           1.23   

2020

       7,813           1.22         9,200           1.22   
    

 

 

         

 

 

      
     $ 171,899           1.28    $ 161,903           1.48
    

 

 

         

 

 

      

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company prepaid $40.0 million of FHLB advances with a weighted average interest rate of 1.12%. The advances had fixed interest rates with maturities ranging from July 2017 through April 2018 and did not result in an FHLB prepayment penalty.

At December 31, 2014, advances amounting to $6.5 million are callable by the FHLB prior to maturity.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company also has an available line of credit of $9.4 million with the FHLB at an interest rate that adjusts daily. No amounts were drawn on the line of credit as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. All borrowings from the FHLB are secured by investment securities (see Note 2) and qualified collateral, consisting of a blanket lien on one- to four-family loans and certain multi-family and commercial real estate loans held in the Bank’s portfolio. At December 31, 2014, the Company pledged multi-family and commercial real estate loans with carrying values totaling $61.2 million and $211.7 million, respectively.

 

106


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

9.    INCOME TAXES

Allocation of federal and state income taxes between current and deferred portions is as follows:

 

                                                                          
       Years Ended December 31,  
       2014      2013      2012  
       (In thousands)  

Current tax provision:

          

Federal

     $ 9,684       $ 8,875       $ 7,269   

State

       2,720         2,420         1,842   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current provision

       12,404         11,295         9,111   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax benefit:

          

Federal

       (980      (2,514      (2,246

State

       (276      (710      (535
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred benefit

       (1,256      (3,224      (2,781
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total tax provision

     $ 11,148       $ 8,071       $ 6,330   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The reasons for the differences between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective tax rates are summarized as follows:

 

                                                                          
       Years Ended December 31,  
       2014      2013      2012  

Statutory federal tax rate

       35.0      35.0      35.0

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

          

State taxes, net of federal tax benefit

       4.7         4.7         4.5   

Dividends received deduction

       (1.0      (1.5      (1.9

Bank-owned life insurance

       (1.2      (1.8      (2.2

Tax exempt income

       (5.4      (4.0      (3.1

Other, net

       1.2         1.9         1.4   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Effective tax rates

       33.3      34.3      33.7
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The components of the net deferred tax asset are as follows:

 

                                                 
       December 31,  
       2014      2013  
       (In thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

       

Federal

     $ 15,227       $ 13,945   

State

       4,316         3,950   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       19,543         17,895   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

       

Federal

       (3,201      (3,524

State

       (732      (893
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       (3,933      (4,417
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

     $ 15,610       $ 13,478   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

107


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The tax effects of each item that give rise to deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as follows:

 

                                                 
       December 31,  
       2014      2013  
       (In thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

       

Allowance for loan losses

     $ 11,629       $ 10,349   

Employee benefit and retirement plans

       4,002         3,687   

Acquisition accounting

       2,241         2,362   

Non-accrual interest

       949         734   

Foreclosed real estate

       409         454   

Other-than-temporary impairment losses

       97         97   

Other

       216         212   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       19,543         17,895   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

       

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

       (2,189      (2,969

Depreciation and amortization

       (1,224      (902

Mortgage servicing rights

       (215      (293

Other

       (305      (253
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       (3,933      (4,417
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

     $ 15,610       $ 13,478   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company reduces deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is not “more likely than not” that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The Company assesses the realizability of its deferred tax assets by assessing the likelihood of the Company generating federal and state tax income, as applicable, in future periods in amounts sufficient to offset the deferred tax charges in the periods they are expected to reverse. Based on this assessment, management concluded that a valuation allowance was not required as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

A summary of the change in the net deferred tax asset is as follows:

 

                                                                          
       Years Ended December 31,  
       2014        2013      2012  
       (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

     $ 13,478         $ 9,710       $ 7,434   

Deferred tax benefit

       1,256           3,224         2,781   

Deferred tax effects of:

            

Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale

       780           646         (489

Amortization of defined benefit plans net actuarial loss and prior service cost

       96           (102      (16
    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     $ 15,610         $ 13,478       $ 9,710   
    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

The federal income tax reserve for loan losses at the Company’s base year is $9.8 million. If any portion of the reserve is used for purposes other than to absorb loan losses, approximately 150% of the amount actually used (limited to the amount of the reserve) would be subject to taxation in the year in which used. As the Company intends to use the reserve to absorb only loan losses, a deferred tax liability of $4.0 million has not been provided.

 

108


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The Company’s income tax returns are subject to review and examination by federal and state taxing authorities. The Company is currently open to audit under the applicable statutes of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service for the years ended December 31, 2011 through 2014. The years open to examination by state taxing authorities vary by jurisdiction; no years prior to 2011 are open.

10.    OTHER COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES AND DERIVATIVES

In the normal course of business, there are outstanding commitments and contingencies which are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Loan Commitments

The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty to the financial instrument for loan commitments is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

A summary of outstanding financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk is as follows:

 

                                                 
       December 31,  
       2014        2013  
       (In thousands)  

Unadvanced portion of existing loans:

         

Construction

     $ 315,206         $ 239,977   

Home equity line of credit

       32,861           37,422   

Other lines and letters of credit

       119,352           104,956   

Commitments to originate:

         

One- to four-family

       20,641           11,592   

Commercial real estate

       46,260           92,526   

Construction

       116,215           83,439   

Commercial and industrial

       19,013           39,928   

Other loans

       785           3,749   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total loan commitments outstanding

     $ 670,333         $ 613,589   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Commitments to originate loans are agreements to lend to a customer provided there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since a portion of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitments do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on a case by case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company for the extension of credit, is based upon management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held includes, but is not limited to, residential real estate and deposit accounts.

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit are commitments for possible future extensions of credit to existing customers. These lines of credit are collateralized if deemed necessary and usually do not contain a specified maturity date and may not be drawn upon to the total extent to which the Company is committed. Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those letters of credit are primarily issued to support borrowing arrangements. The

 

109


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.

Interest Rate Swaps

The Company is a party to interest rate derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments. These derivatives relate to interest rate swaps that the Company enters into with commercial business customers to synthetically convert their loans from a variable rate to a fixed rate. The Company pays interest to the customer at a floating rate on the notional amount and receives interest from the customer at a fixed rate for the same notional amount. Concurrently, the Company enters into an offsetting interest rate swap with a third party financial institution. In the offsetting swap, the Company pays the other financial institution interest at the same fixed rate on the same notional amount as the swap entered into with the customer, and receives interest from the financial institution for the same floating rate on the same notional amount. The changes in the fair value of the swaps offset each other, except for the credit risk of the counterparties, which is determined by taking into consideration the risk rating, probability of default and loss of given default for all counterparties. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had $950,000 and $300,000, respectively, in cash pledged for collateral on its interest rate swap with the third party financial institution.

Summary information regarding these derivatives is presented below:

 

                                                                                                                                                     
                        Fair Value  
                        December 31,  
    Notional Amount     Maturity    

Interest Rate Paid

  Interest Rate Received   2014     2013  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Customer interest rate swap

    $11,245        10/17/33      1 Mo. Libor + 175bp   Fixed (4.1052%)   $ 932      $ 57   

Third party interest rate swap

    11,245        10/17/33      Fixed (4.1052%)   1 Mo. Libor + 175bp     (932     (57

Derivative Loan Commitments

Residential real estate loan commitments are referred to as derivative loan commitments if the loan that will result from exercise of the commitment will be held for sale upon funding. The Company enters into commitments to fund residential real estate loans at specified times in the future, with the intention that these loans will subsequently be sold in the secondary market. A residential loan commitment requires the Company to originate a loan at a specific interest rate upon the completion of various underwriting requirements. Outstanding derivative loan commitments expose the Company to the risk that the price of the loans arising from the exercise of the loan commitment might decline from the inception of the rate lock to funding of the loan due to increases in loan interest rates. If interest rates increase, the value of these commitments decreases. Conversely, if interest rates decrease, the value of these loan commitments increases. Derivative loan commitments with a notional amount of $12.2 million and $4.8 million were outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The fair value of such commitments was a net asset of $123,000 and $13,000 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Forward Loan Sale Commitments

To protect against the price risk inherent in derivative loan commitments, the Company utilizes both “mandatory delivery” and “best efforts” forward loan sale commitments to mitigate the risk of potential decreases in the values of loans that would result from the exercise of the derivative loan commitments. Under a “mandatory delivery” contract, the Company commits to deliver a certain principal amount of mortgage loans to an investor at a specified price on or before a specified date. If the Company fails to deliver the amount of mortgages necessary to fulfill the commitment by the specified date, it is obligated to pay the investor a “pair-off” fee, based then-current market prices, to compensate the investor for the shortfall. Under a “best efforts” contract, the Company commits to deliver an individual mortgage loan of a specified principal amount and quality to an investor and the investor commits to a price that it will purchase the loan from the Company if the loan to the underlying borrower closes. The Company generally enters into forward sale contracts on the same day it commits to lend funds to a potential borrower. The Company expects that these forward loan sale

 

110


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

commitments will experience changes in fair value opposite to the change in fair value of derivative loan commitments. Forward loan sale commitments with a notional amount of $12.2 million and $7.0 million were outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The fair value of such commitments was a net liability of $22,000 at December 31, 2014 and a net asset of $75,000 at December 31, 2013.

The following table presents the fair values of derivative instruments in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

                                                                                                   
       Assets        Liabilities  
       Balance Sheet
Location
       Fair
Value
       Balance Sheet
Location
       Fair
Value
 
       (In thousands)  

December 31, 2014

                   

Derivative loan commitments

       Other assets         $ 159           Other liabilities         $ 36   

Forward loan sale commitments

       Other assets           11           Other liabilities           33   

Loan level interest rate swaps

       Other assets           932           Other liabilities           932   
         

 

 

           

 

 

 

Total

          $ 1,102              $ 1,001   
         

 

 

           

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

                   

Derivative loan commitments

       Other assets         $ 38           Other liabilities         $ 25   

Forward loan sale commitments

       Other assets           82           Other liabilities           7   

Loan level interest rate swaps

       Other assets           57           Other liabilities           57   
         

 

 

           

 

 

 

Total

          $ 177              $ 89   
         

 

 

           

 

 

 

The following table presents information pertaining to gains (losses) on the Company’s derivative instruments included in the consolidated statements of net income.

 

                                                                                                   
                Years Ended December 31,  

Derivative Instrument

     Location of Gain/(Loss)        2014      2013      2012  
                (In thousands)  

Derivative loan commitments

       Mortgage banking gains, net         $ 110       $ (275    $ (248

Forward loan sale commitments

       Mortgage banking gains, net           (97      87         16   
         

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

          $ 13       $ (188    $ (232
         

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recognized net mortgage banking gains of $532,000, consisting of $519,000 in net gains on sale of loans and $13,000 in net derivative mortgage banking gains. The Company recognized net mortgage banking gains of $583,000, consisting of $771,000 in net gains on sale of loans and $188,000 in net derivative mortgage banking losses for the year ended December 31, 2013. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recognized net mortgage banking gains of $2.4 million, consisting of $2.6 million in net gains on sale of loans and $232,000 in net derivative mortgage banking losses.

Other Commitments

The Company has a contract with its core data processing provider through December 2017 with an outstanding commitment of $6.7 million as of December 31, 2014, with total annual payments of $2.2 million.

Employment and Change in Control Agreements

The Company has entered into employment agreements with certain senior executives which provide for a minimum annual salary, subject to increase at the discretion of the Board of Directors, and other benefits. The agreements may be terminated for cause by the Company without further liability on the part of the Bank, or by the executives with prior written notice to the Board of Directors. The Company also has change in control agreements with several officers which provide a severance payment in the event employment is terminated in conjunction with a defined change in control.

 

111


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Legal Claims

Various legal claims may arise from time to time in the normal course of business, but in the opinion of management, these claims are not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

11.    EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

401(k) Plan

The Company has a 401(k) plan to provide retirement benefits for eligible employees. Under this plan, each employee reaching the age of eighteen and having completed at least three months of service in any one twelve-month period, beginning with such employee’s date of employment, can elect to be a participant in the retirement plan. All participants are fully vested upon entering the plan. The Company contributes an amount equal to three percent of an employee’s compensation regardless of the employee’s contributions and makes matching contributions equal to fifty percent of the first six percent of an employee’s compensation contributed to the Plan. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, expense attributable to the plan amounted to $1.4 million, $1.3 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefits — Officers and Directors

The Company has supplemental retirement benefit agreements with certain officers. The present value of the estimated future benefits is accrued over the required service periods. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the accrued liability for these agreements amounted to $4.9 million and $4.5 million, respectively.

The Company also has a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for certain directors which provide for a defined benefit obligation, based on the director’s final average compensation. The plan is unfunded for tax purposes. The Company expects to contribute $387,000 to the plan in 2015. Information pertaining to the activity in the plan is as follows:

 

                                                                          
       Years Ended December 31,  
       2014      2013      2012  
       (In thousands)  

Change in plan assets:

          

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

     $       $       $   

Employer contribution

                       302   

Benefit payments

                       (302
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

                         
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in benefit obligation:

          

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

       1,074         1,091         1,245   

Service cost

       83         85         91   

Interest cost

       43         35         42   

Benefit payments

                       (302

Actuarial loss (gain)

       219         (137      15   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

       1,419         1,074         1,091   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Funded status at end of year

     $ (1,419    $ (1,074    $ (1,091
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued benefit obligation at end of year

     $ (1,419    $ (1,074    $ (1,091
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year

     $ (1,350    $ (1,000    $ (1,006
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

112


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The assumptions used to determine benefit obligations are as follows:

 

                                                                          
       Years Ended December 31,  
       2014      2013      2012  

Discount rate

       3.50      4.00      3.50

Rate of compensation increase

       3.00      3.00      3.00

Retirement age

       72         72         72   

The components of net periodic benefit cost are as follows:

 

                                                                          
       Years Ended December 31,  
       2014        2013        2012  
       (In thousands)  

Service cost

     $ 83         $ 85         $ 91   

Interest cost

       43           35           42   

Recognition of prior service cost

       28           28           28   

Amortization of unrecognized loss

                 61           68   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 
     $ 154         $ 209         $ 229   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

The assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit costs are as follows:

 

                                                                          
       Years Ended December 31,  
       2014      2013      2012  

Discount rate

       4.00      3.50      4.25

Rate of compensation increase

       3.00      3.00      3.00

Retirement age

       72         72         72   

For the directors’ plan, the expected future benefit payments are $387,000 in 2015, $600,000 in 2016 and $708,000 in 2019.

Supplemental executive retirement benefit expense for officers and directors amounted to $1.1 million, $1.2 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

113


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Long-Term Health Care Plan

The Company provides post-retirement long-term health care policies for certain directors and executives. The plan is unfunded and has no assets. Information pertaining to activity in the plan is as follows:

 

                                                                          
       Years Ended December 31,  
       2014      2013      2012  
       (In thousands)  

Change in plan assets:

          

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

     $       $       $   

Employer contribution

       46         48         44   

Benefit payments

       (46      (48      (44
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

                         
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in benefit obligation:

          

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

       732         801         759   

Interest cost

       27         24         30   

Benefit payments

       (46      (48      (44

Actuarial loss (gain)

       102         (45      56   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

       815         732         801   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Funded status at end of year

     $ (815    $ (732    $ (801
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year

     $ (815    $ (732    $ (801
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The assumptions used to determine benefit obligations are as follows:

 

                                                                          
       Years Ended December 31,  
       2014      2013      2012  

Discount rate

       3.29      3.78      3.06

Rate of premium increases

       4.00      4.00      4.00

The components of net periodic benefit cost are as follows:

 

                                                                          
       Years Ended December 31,  
       2014        2013        2012  
       (In thousands)  

Service cost

     $         $         $   

Interest cost

       27           24           30   

Recognition of prior service cost

       17           17           18   

Recognized net actuarial loss

       3           5           26   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 
     $ 47         $ 46         $ 74   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

The assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit costs are as follows:

 

                                                                          
       Years Ended December 31,  
       2014      2013      2012  

Discount rate

       3.78      3.06      4.06

Rate of premium increases

       4.00      4.00      4.00

 

114


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The expected future contributions and benefit payments for this plan are as follows:

 

                        

Years Ending December 31,

     Amount  
       (In thousands)  

2015

     $ 53   

2016

       55   

2017

       57   

2018

       59   

2019

       62   

2020-2024

       313   

Share-Based Compensation Plan

In 2008, stockholders of the Company approved the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Equity Incentive Plan”). The Equity Incentive Plan provides for the award of up to 3,547,732 shares of common stock pursuant to grants of restricted stock awards, incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”); provided, however, that no more than 2,534,094 shares may be issued or delivered in the aggregate pursuant to the exercise of stock options or stock appreciation rights and no more than 1,013,638 shares may be issued or delivered pursuant to restricted stock awards. As of December 31, 2014, there were 88,827 restricted stock awards and 158,778 stock options that remain available for future grants.

As of December 31, 2009, the Company had repurchased 1,013,638 shares of the Company’s common stock at a cost of $3.7 million through a stock repurchase program to fund restricted awards under the plan. Pursuant to terms of the Equity Incentive Plan, the Board of Directors has granted stock options and restricted shares to employees and directors. The options may be treated as stock appreciation rights that are settled in stock at the option of the vested participant. All of the awards granted to date vest evenly over a five year period from the date of the grant.

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes Option-Pricing Model. The expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the stock price. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s expectation of dividend payouts. The Company uses historical employee turnover data to determine the expected forfeiture rate in the valuation model. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the date of grant.

The Company utilized the simplified method of calculating the expected term of the options granted in 2012 and 2013 because limited historical data specific to the shares exists at the present time. The simplified method is an appropriate method because the option awards are “plain vanilla” shares that are valued utilizing the Black-Scholes method. The weighted-average assumptions used and fair value for options granted during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

                                                 
       2013      2012  

Expected term (years)

       6.50         6.50   

Expected dividend yield

       0.44      0.58

Expected volatility

       30.94      31.05

Expected forfeiture rate

           

Risk-free interest rate

       1.19      1.18

Fair value of options granted

     $ 2.38       $ 1.79   

The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted in 2013 and 2012 was $289,000 and $77,000, respectively. There were no options granted during the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

115


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

A summary of options and SARs under the plan as of December 31, 2014, and activity during the year then ended, is presented below:

 

                                                                          
       Number
of Shares
     Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
       Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life

(in years)
 

Options outstanding at beginning of year

       2,285,459       $ 4.11           5.60   

Options granted

                      

Options exercised

       (18,020      3.86        

SARs exercised

       (28,255      3.88        

Forfeited

       (5,876      4.77        
    

 

 

         

Options outstanding at end of year

       2,233,308       $ 4.11           4.61   
    

 

 

         

Options exercisable at end of year

       2,047,476       $ 3.90           4.35   
    

 

 

         

The aggregate intrinsic value, which fluctuates based on changes in the fair market value of the Company’s stock, is $15.9 million and $15.0 million for all outstanding and exercisable options, respectively, at December 31, 2014, based on a closing stock price of $11.22. The aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pretax intrinsic value (i.e., the difference between the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of 2014 and the weighted-average exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2014.

Shares for the exercise of stock options are expected to come from the Company’s authorized and unissued shares.

The following table summarizes the Company’s non-vested restricted stock activity for the year ended December 31, 2014:

 

                                                 
       Number of
Shares
     Weighted-
Average

Grant-Date
Fair Value
 
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-vested restricted stock at beginning of year

       254,168       $ 6.00   

Granted

                 

Vested

       (113,460      4.87   

Forfeited

       (1,861      4.72   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-vested restricted stock at end of year

       138,847         6.93   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total fair value of restricted shares vested in 2014 was $1.3 million.

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, compensation expense and the related tax benefit for the plan totaled $792,000 and $218,000, $1.2 million and $325,000 and $1.2 million and $309,000, respectively.

As of December 31, 2014, there was $1.1 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested options and restricted shares granted under the plan. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.0 years.

Share amounts related to periods prior to the date of completion of the Conversion (July 28, 2014) have been restated to give retroactive recognition to the exchange ratio applied in the Conversion (2.4484-to-one).

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

The Company established an ESOP for its eligible employees effective January 1, 2008 to provide eligible employees the opportunity to own Company stock. The plan is a tax-qualified retirement plan for the benefit of

 

116


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

all Company employees. Contributions are allocated to eligible participants on the basis of compensation, subject to federal tax law limits. The ESOP acquired 2,027,275 shares in the Company’s initial stock offering with the proceeds of a loan totaling $8.3 million from the Company’s subsidiary, Meridian Interstate Funding Corporation. The loan was payable annually over 20 years at a rate of 6.5%. In conjunction with the Conversion, Meridian Interstate Funding Corporation was liquidated and merged into the Company. The Company refinanced the original loan to the ESOP with an additional $16.3 million payable over 25 years at a rate of 3.5%. The ESOP then acquired an additional 1,625,000 shares at of $10.00 per share representing 5% of the shares issued in the Company’s second-step offering with proceeds from the Company’s loan to the ESOP. In total, the ESOP has purchased 3,652,275 shares at an average price of $7.22 per share. The loan is secured by the shares purchased, which are held in a suspense account for allocation among participants as the loan is repaid. The Company’s annual cash contributions to the ESOP at a minimum will be sufficient to service the annual debt of the ESOP. Shares used as collateral to secure the loan are released and available for allocation to eligible employees as the principal and interest on the loan is paid.

At December 31, 2014, the remaining principal balance on the ESOP debt is payable as follows:

 

                        

Year Ending December 31,

     Amount  
       (In thousands)  

2015

     $ 626   

2016

       646   

2017

       667   

2018

       689   

2019

       711   

Thereafter

       18,887   
    

 

 

 
     $ 22,226   
    

 

 

 

Shares held by the ESOP include the following:

 

                                                 
       December 31,  
       2014        2013  
       (In thousands)  

Allocated

       608           507   

Committed to be allocated

       122           101   

Unallocated

       2,922           1,419   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 
       3,652           2,027   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

The fair value of the unallocated shares was $32.8 million and $13.1 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Total compensation expense recognized in connection with the ESOP for 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $1.3 million, $814,000 and $606,000, respectively.

Share amounts related to periods prior to the date of completion of the Conversion (July 28, 2014) have been restated to give retroactive recognition to the exchange ratio applied in the Conversion (2.4484-to-one).

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

The Company is the sole owner of life insurance policies pertaining to certain employees. The Company has entered into agreements with these employees whereby the Company will pay to the employees’ estate or beneficiaries a portion of the death benefit that the Company will receive as beneficiary of such policies. These post-retirement benefits are accrued over the expected service period of the employees. Expense associated with this post-retirement benefit for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 amounted to $490,000, $567,000 and $388,000, respectively.

 

117


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Incentive Compensation Plan

Eligible officers and employees of the Company participate in an incentive compensation plan which is based on various factors as set forth by the Executive Committee. Incentive compensation plan expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 amounted to $3.5 million, $3.3 million and $3.1 million, respectively.

12.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Loans

The following summarizes the activity with respect to loans made to the Company’s officers and directors, and their affiliates.

 

                                                 
       Years Ended
December 31,
 
       2014      2013  
       (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

     $ 1,042       $ 1,831   

Additions

       1,155         59   

Reductions

       (386      (848
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     $ 1,811       $ 1,042   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Such loans are made in the normal course of business at the Bank’s normal credit terms, including interest rate and collateral requirements, and do not represent more than a normal risk of collection.

Deposits

Deposits from related parties totaled $43.1 million and $38.7 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. All such deposits were accepted in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons.

13.    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Minimum Regulatory Capital Requirements

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and Bank’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to mutual holding companies.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, that the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject. As of December 31, 2014, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

 

118


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios follow:

 

                                                                                                                                                     
     Actual     Minimum Capital
Requirement
    Minimum
To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
       Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

December 31, 2014

               

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):

               

Company

   $ 591,563         20.3   $ 232,621         8.0     N/A         N/A   

Bank

     416,069         14.9        223,348         8.0      $ 279,185         10.0

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):

               

Company

     561,072         19.3        116,311         4.0        N/A         N/A   

Bank

     385,578         13.8        111,674         4.0        167,511         6.0   

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets):

               

Company

     561,072         17.4        128,662         4.0        N/A         N/A   

Bank

     385,578         12.3        125,176         4.0        156,470         5.0   

December 31, 2013

               

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):

               

Company

   $ 259,577         10.8   $ 192,797         8.0     N/A         N/A   

Bank

     246,100         10.2        192,511         8.0      $ 240,639         10.0

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):

               

Company

     231,342         9.6        96,398         4.0        N/A         N/A   

Bank

     217,865         9.1        96,256         4.0        144,383         6.0   

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets):

               

Company

     231,342         8.7        105,999         4.0        N/A         N/A   

Bank

     217,865         8.2        105,702         4.0        132,127         5.0   

A reconciliation of the Company’s and Bank’s stockholders’ equity to regulatory capital follows:

 

                                                                                                   
       December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  
       Consolidated      Bank      Consolidated      Bank  
       (In thousands)  

Total stockholders’ equity per financial statements

     $ 577,710       $ 402,247       $ 249,205       $ 235,728   

Adjustments to Tier 1 capital:

             

Accumulated other comprehensive income

       (2,898      (2,929      (4,104      (4,104

Goodwill disallowed

       (13,687      (13,687      (13,687      (13,687

Servicing assets disallowed

       (53      (53      (72      (72
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Tier 1 capital

       561,072         385,578         231,342         217,865   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjustments to total capital:

             

Allowance for loan losses

       28,469         28,469         25,335         25,335   

45% of net unrealized gains on marketable equity securities

       2,022         2,022         2,900         2,900   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total regulatory capital

     $ 591,563       $ 416,069       $ 259,577       $ 246,100   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

119


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

In July 2013, the FDIC and the other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule that will revise their leverage and risk-based capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with agreements that were reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. Among other things, the rule establishes a new common equity Tier 1 minimum capital requirement (4.5% of risk-weighted assets), increases the minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets requirement (from 4% to 6% of risk-weighted assets), sets the leverage ratio at a uniform 4% of total assets and assigns a higher risk weight (150%) to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and to certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property. The final rule also requires unrealized gains and losses on certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings to be included for purposes of calculating regulatory capital requirements unless a one-time opt-out is exercised. The Bank has elected to exercise its one-time option to opt-out of the requirement under the final rule to include certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings for purposes of calculating its regulatory capital requirements. The rule limits a banking organization’s capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers if the banking organization does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets in addition to the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The final rule is effective January 1, 2015. The “capital conservation buffer” will be phased in from January 1, 2016 to January 1, 2019, when the full capital conservation buffer will be effective.

Consolidated regulatory capital requirements identical to those applicable to the Bank will apply to bank holding companies such as the Company as of January 1, 2015. As is the case with institutions themselves, the capital conservation buffer will be phased in between 2016 and 2019.

Liquidation Account

At the time of the minority stock offering, which was completed on January 22, 2008, the Company established a liquidation account totaling $114.2 million. The liquidation account is equal to the net worth of the Company as of the date of the latest consolidated balance sheet appearing in the final prospectus distributed in connection with the minority stock offering. In addition, the Company also established a secondary liquidation account totaling $150.2 million in connection with the second-step offering that was completed on July 28, 2014. This liquidation account is equal to Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated’s ownership interest in Old Meridian’s total stockholders’ equity as of the date of the latest consolidated balance sheet appearing in the final prospectus distributed in connection second-step stock offering plus the value of the net assets of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of Old Meridian). The liquidation accounts are maintained for the benefit of the eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders who maintain their accounts at the Bank after the offerings. The liquidation accounts are reduced annually to the extent that such account holders have reduced their qualifying deposits as of each anniversary date. Subsequent increases will not restore an account holder’s interest in the liquidation account. In the event of a complete liquidation, each eligible account holder will be entitled to receive balances for accounts held then. At December 31, 2014, the minority stock offering and second-step offering liquidation accounts amounted to $17.1 million and $98.2 million, respectively.

Other Capital Restrictions

Federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid and loans or advances made by the Bank to the Company. The total amount for dividends which may be paid in any calendar year cannot exceed the Bank’s net income for the current year, plus the Bank’s net income retained for the two previous years, without regulatory approval. At December 31, 2014, the Bank’s retained earnings available for the payment of dividends was $46.6 million. Loans or advances are limited to 10% of the Bank’s capital stock and surplus on a secured basis. Funds available for loans or advances by the Bank to the Company amounted to $40.2 million. In addition, dividends paid by the Bank to the Company would be prohibited if the effect thereof would cause the Bank’s capital to be reduced below applicable minimum capital requirements.

 

120


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Stock Repurchase Plan

The Company repurchased 704,287 shares of its stock at an average price of $6.00 per share, or 31.8% of the 2,213,902 shares authorized for repurchase under the Company’s fourth repurchase program as adopted during 2011. The Company repurchased 4,141,664 shares at an average price of $4.45 per share since December 2008. We terminated the repurchase program in connection with Old Meridian’s adoption of the Plan of Conversion.

14.    FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Determination of Fair Value

The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. The fair value of assets and liabilities is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Company’s various assets and liabilities. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the asset or liability.

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating fair value disclosures:

Cash and cash equivalents — The carrying amounts of cash and short-term instruments approximate fair values, based on the short-term nature of the assets.

Certificates of deposit — Fair values of certificates of deposit are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on current market rates for similar types of deposits.

Securities available for sale — All fair value measurements are obtained from a third party pricing service and are not adjusted by management. Marketable equity securities are measured at fair value utilizing quoted market prices (Level 1). Corporate bonds, obligations of government-sponsored enterprises, U.S. treasury securities, municipal bonds and mortgage-backed securities are determined by pricing models that consider standard input factors such as observable market data, benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, credit spreads, benchmark securities, as well as new issue data, monthly payment information, and collateral performance, among others (Level 2).

Federal Home Loan Bank stock — The carrying value of Federal Home Loan Bank stock approximates fair value based on the redemption provisions of the Federal Home Loan Bank.

Loans held for sale — The fair value is based on commitments in effect from investors or prevailing market prices.

Loans — For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. Fair values for other loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using market interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. Fair values for non-accrual loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses or underlying collateral values, where applicable.

Deposits — The fair values disclosed for non-certificate accounts are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date which is their carrying amounts. Fair values for certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies market interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.

 

121


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Borrowings — The fair value is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the current incremental borrowing rates in the market for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

Accrued interest — The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate fair value.

Forward loan sale commitments and derivative loan commitments — Forward loan sale commitments and derivative loan commitments are based on fair values of the underlying mortgage loans and the probability of such commitments being exercised. Management judgment and estimation is required in determining these fair value measurements.

Loan level interest rate swaps — The fair value is based on settlement values adjusted for credit risks associated with the counterparties and the Company and observable market interest rate curves.

Off-balance sheet credit-related instruments — Fair values for off-balance-sheet, credit-related financial instruments are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing. The fair value of these instruments is considered immaterial.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized as follows:

 

                                                                                                   
       December 31, 2014  
       Level 1        Level 2        Level 3        Total Fair
Value
 
       (In thousands)  

Assets:

                   

Debt securities

     $         $ 125,051         $         $ 125,051   

Marketable equity securities

       78,470                               78,470   

Derivative loan commitments

                           159           159   

Forward loan sale commitments

                           11           11   

Loan level interest rate swaps

                           932           932   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total assets

     $ 78,470         $ 125,051         $ 1,102         $ 204,623   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Liabilities:

                   

Derivative loan commitments

     $         $         $ 36         $ 36   

Forward loan sale commitments

                           33           33   

Loan level interest rate swaps

                           932           932   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     $         $         $ 1,001         $ 1,001   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

122


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

                                                                                                   
       December 31, 2013  
       Level 1        Level 2        Level 3        Total Fair
Value
 
       (In thousands)  

Assets:

                   

Debt securities

     $         $ 145,788         $         $ 145,788   

Marketable equity securities

       55,349                               55,349   

Derivative loan commitments

                           38           38   

Forward loan sale commitments

                           82           82   

Loan level interest rate swaps

                           57           57   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total assets

     $ 55,349         $ 145,788         $ 177         $ 201,314   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Liabilities:

                   

Derivative loan commitments

     $         $         $ 25         $ 25   

Forward loan sale commitments

                           7           7   

Loan level interest rate swaps

                           57           57   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     $         $         $ 89         $ 89   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, there were no transfers in or out of Levels 1 and 2 and the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows:

 

                                                                          
     Years Ended December 31,  
         2014              2013             2012      
     (In thousands)  

Derivative loan commitments and forward sale commitments, net:

       

Beginning balance

   $ 88       $ 276      $ 508   

Total realized and unrealized gain (loss) included in net income

     13         (188     (232
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 101       $ 88      $ 276   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total realized gain relating to instruments still held at year end

   $ 101       $ 88      $ 276   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis

The Company may also be required, from time to time, to measure certain other assets on a non-recurring basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. These adjustments to fair value usually result from the application of lower-of-cost-or market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

The following tables summarize the fair value hierarchy used to determine each adjustment and the carrying value of the related individual assets. The gain/loss represents the amount of write-down, charge-off or specific reserve recorded during the periods noted on the assets held at period end. There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

 

                                                                                                   
     December 31, 2014      Year Ended
December 31, 2014
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total Losses  
     (In thousands)  

Impaired loans

   $       $       $ 13,664       $ (25

Foreclosed real estate

                     1,046         (250
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $       $       $ 14,710       $ (275
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

123


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

                                                                                                   
     December 31, 2013        
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2013
  
  
     Level 1         Level 2         Level 3         Total Losses   
     (In thousands)  

Impaired loans

   $       $       $ 8,000       $ (1,499

Foreclosed real estate

                     1,390         (413
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $       $       $ 9,390       $ (1,912
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Certain impaired loans were adjusted to fair value, less cost to sell, of the underlying collateral securing these loans resulting in losses. The loss is not recorded directly as an adjustment to current earnings, but rather as a component in determining the allowance for loan losses. Fair value was measured using appraised values of collateral and adjusted as necessary by management based on unobservable inputs for specific properties.

Certain properties in foreclosed real estate were adjusted to fair value using appraised values of collateral, less cost to sell, and adjusted as necessary by management based on unobservable inputs for specific properties. The loss on foreclosed assets represents adjustments in valuation recorded during the time period indicated and not for losses incurred on sales.

Summary of Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The estimated fair values, and related carrying amounts, of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows. Certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments are exempt from disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented herein do not represent the underlying fair value of the Company.

 

                                                                                                                            
     December 31, 2014  
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair Value  
        Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Financial assets:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 205,732       $ 205,732       $       $       $ 205,732   

Certificates of deposit

     85,000                 85,096                 85,096   

Securities available for sale

     203,521         78,470         125,051                 203,521   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     12,725                         12,725         12,725   

Loans and loans held for sale, net

     2,649,878                         2,666,049         2,666,049   

Accrued interest receivable

     7,748                         7,748         7,748   

Financial liabilities:

              

Deposits

     2,503,935                         2,507,982         2,507,982   

Borrowings

     171,899                 172,074                 172,074   

Accrued interest payable

     891                         891         891   

On-balance sheet derivative financial instruments:

              

Assets:

              

Derivative loan commitments

     159                         159         159   

Forward loan sale commitments

     11                         11         11   

Loan level interest rate swaps

     932                         932         932   

Liabilities:

              

Derivative loan commitments

     36                         36         36   

Forward loan sale commitments

     33                         33         33   

Loan level interest rate swaps

     932                         932         932   

 

124


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

                                                                                                                            
     December 31, 2013  
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair Value  
        Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Financial assets:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 86,271       $ 86,271       $       $       $ 86,271   

Securities available for sale

     201,137         55,349         145,788                 201,137   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     11,907                         11,907         11,907   

Loans and loans held for sale, net

     2,267,763                         2,298,488         2,298,488   

Accrued interest receivable

     7,127                         7,127         7,127   

Financial liabilities:

              

Deposits

     2,248,600                         2,253,543         2,253,543   

Borrowings

     161,903                 160,581                 160,581   

Accrued interest payable

     818                         818         818   

On-balance sheet derivative financial instruments:

              

Assets:

              

Derivative loan commitments

     38                         38         38   

Forward loan sale commitments

     82                         82         82   

Loan level interest rate swaps

     57                         57         57   

Liabilities:

              

Derivative loan commitments

     25                         25         25   

Forward loan sale commitments

     7                         7         7   

Loan level interest rate swaps

     57                         57         57   

15.    CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PARENT COMPANY

Financial information pertaining only to Meridian Bancorp, Inc. is as follows:

 

                                                 
       December 31,  
       2014        2013  
       (In thousands)  

BALANCE SHEETS

         

Assets

         

Cash and cash equivalents from subsidiary

     $ 12,249         $ 183   

Cash and cash equivalents from other banks

       9,006             
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

       21,255           183   

Certificates of deposit

       85,000             

Securities available for sale, at fair value

       44,945           1,026   

Investment in subsidiaries

       402,247           245,762   

ESOP loan receivable

       22,226             

Other assets

       3,816           2,305   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total assets

     $ 579,489         $ 249,276   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

         

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     $ 1,779         $ 71   

Stockholders’ equity

       577,710           249,205   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

     $ 579,489         $ 249,276   
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

125


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

                                                                          
       Years Ended December 31,  
       2014      2013        2012  
       (In thousands)  

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

            

Income:

            

Interest on ESOP loan

     $ 574       $         $   

Interest on certificates of deposit

       47                   26   

Interest and dividend income on securities

       10         260           335   

Other interest and dividend income

       12                     

Gain on sale of securities, net

               940           364   

Equity income on investment in affiliate bank

                         310   

Gain on sale of investment in affiliate bank

                         4,819   
    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total income

       643         1,200           5,854   

Operating expenses

       808         958           880   
    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes and equity inundistributed earnings of subsidiaries

       (165      242           4,974   

Applicable income tax (benefit) provision

       (67      63           1,986   
    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 
       (98      179           2,988   

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

       22,425         15,250           9,438   
    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income

     $ 22,327       $ 15,429         $ 12,426   
    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

126


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

                                                                          
       Years Ended December 31,  
       2014      2013      2012  
       (In thousands)  

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

          

Cash flows from operating activities:

          

Net income

     $ 22,327       $ 15,429       $ 12,426   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used) by operating activities:

          

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

       (22,425      (15,250      (9,438

Equity income on investment in affiliate bank

                       (310

Net amortization of securities available for sale

               3         3   

Gain on sales of securities, net

               (940      (364

Gain on sale of investment in affiliate bank

                       (4,819

Share-based compensation expense

       140         287         295   

Increase in other assets

       (1,489      (76      (66

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

       1,708         (438      270   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used) by operating activities

       261         (985      (2,003
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

          

Purchases of certificates of deposit

       (85,000                

Maturities of certificates of deposit

                       2,500   

Activity in securities available for sale:

          

(Purchase) redemption of mutual funds, net

       (18,981      11,784         (4,764

Proceeds from sales

               12,266         4,518   

Purchases

       (24,991                

Cash received in MHC merger

       2,640                   

Proceeds from sale of investment in affiliate bank

                       6,600   

Capital contribution from subsidiary

       3,034                   

Capital contribution to bank subsidiary

       (159,266      (22,000      (5,000
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash (used) provided by investing activities

       (282,564      2,050         3,854   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

          

Net proceeds from sale of common stock

       302,281                   

Principal payments on ESOP loan receivable

       1,025                   

Purchase of treasury stock

               (1,698      (1,160

Stock options exercised

       69         35         27   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities

       303,375         (1,663      (1,133
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

       21,072         (598      718   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

       183         781         63   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

     $ 21,255       $ 183       $ 781   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

127


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Concluded)

 

16.    SELECTED QUARTERLY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Unaudited)

The selected quarterly financial data presented below should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes.

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                       
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2014     2013  
    Fourth
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
    First
Quarter
    Fourth
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
    First
Quarter
 
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Interest and dividend income

  $ 28,885      $ 27,865      $ 26,301      $ 25,628      $ 25,213      $ 24,320      $ 23,255      $ 22,416   

Interest expense

    5,280        5,145        5,062        5,026        5,186        5,223        4,936        4,790   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

    23,605        22,720        21,239        20,602        20,027        19,097        18,319        17,626   

Provision for loan losses(1)

    1,829        655        696        133        1,840        151        3,219        1,260   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income, after provision for loan losses

    21,776        22,065        20,543        20,469        18,187        18,946        15,100        16,366   

Non-interest income(2)

    4,348        3,687        4,037        3,984        5,101        5,234        4,720        4,361   

Non-interest expenses

    17,025        16,707        16,281        17,421        17,041        15,587        15,595        16,292   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    9,099        9,045        8,299        7,032        6,247        8,593        4,225        4,435   

Provision for income taxes

    3,062        3,030        2,795        2,261        2,232        3,272        1,200        1,367   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 6,037      $ 6,015      $ 5,504      $ 4,771      $ 4,015      $ 5,321      $ 3,025      $ 3,068   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income per share:

               

Basic

  $ 0.12      $ 0.12      $ 0.10      $ 0.09      $ 0.08      $ 0.10      $ 0.06      $ 0.06   

Diluted

  $ 0.11      $ 0.11      $ 0.10      $ 0.09      $ 0.07      $ 0.10      $ 0.06      $ 0.06   

Weighted Average Shares:

               

Basic

    51,734,726        52,043,346        53,047,448        53,011,922        52,954,407        52,965,816        53,006,447        52,981,226   

Diluted

    52,874,822        53,156,287        54,125,765        54,069,601        53,952,120        53,866,034        53,773,298        53,748,763   

 

(1)

The provision for loan losses for the fourth quarter of 2014 reflected higher provision expense primarily due to loan portfolio growth occurring in the quarter. The provision for loan losses for the third quarter of 2013 reflected lower provision expense related to specific reserves recorded for impaired loans.

(2)

Non-interest income fluctuates each quarter primarily due to securities gains.

 

128


Table of Contents
I TEM   9. C HANGES I N AND D ISAGREEMENTS WITH A CCOUNTANTS ON A CCOUNTING AND F INANCIAL D ISCLOSURE

None.

 

I TEM   9 A . C ONTROLS AND P ROCEDURES

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures The Company’s management, including the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures,” as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Based upon their evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective for the purpose of ensuring that the information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) (1) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and (2) is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting There have not been any changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the fiscal quarter to which this report relates that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

I TEM   9 B . O THER I NFORMATION

Not applicable.

 

129


Table of Contents

PART III

 

I TEM   10. D IRECTORS AND E XECUTIVE O FFICERS OF THE R EGISTRANT AND C ORPORATE G OVERNANCE

The information in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement, prepared for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which contains information concerning directors of the Company under the captions “Election of Directors” and “Information About the Board of Directors”; information concerning executive officers of the Corporation under the caption “Information About the Executive Officers”; and information concerning Section 16(a) compliance under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” is incorporated herein by reference or will be filed by an amendment to this Annual Report.

 

I TEM   11. E XECUTIVE C OMPENSATION

The information in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement, prepared for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which contains information concerning this item, under the caption “Executive Compensation” is incorporated herein by reference or will be filed by an amendment to this Annual Report.

 

I TEM   12. S ECURITY O WNERSHIP OF C ERTAIN B ENEFICIAL O WNERS AND M ANAGEMENT AND R ELATED S TOCKHOLDER M ATTERS

The information in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement, prepared for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which contains information concerning this item, under the caption “Stock Ownership” is incorporated herein by reference or will be filed by an amendment to this Annual Report.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2014, regarding shares outstanding and available for issuance under the Company’s equity compensation plan. Additional information regarding stock-based compensation is presented in Note 11, “Employee Benefit Plans” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements within Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” Other than our employee stock ownership plan, there are no equity compensation plans not approved by security holders.

 

                                                                          

Plan Category

     (a)
Number of
Securities to be
Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
       (b)
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
       (c)
Number of
Securities
Remaining Available
for Future Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation Plans
(excluding

securities
reflected in column
(a))
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

       2,233,308         $ 4.11           247,605   

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

                             
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

       2,233,308         $ 4.11           247,605   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

I TEM   13. C ERTAIN R ELATIONSHIPS AND R ELATED T RANSACTIONS , AND D IRECTOR I NDEPENDENCE

The “Transactions with Certain Related Persons” section of the 2015 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference or filed by an amendment to this Annual Report.

 

I TEM   14. P RINCIPAL A CCOUNTING F EES AND S ERVICES

The “Proposal II — Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” Section of the 2015 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference or filed by an amendment to this Annual Report.

 

130


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

I TEM   15. E XHIBITS AND F INANCIAL S TATEMENT S CHEDULES

(a)(1) Financial Statements

The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K.

 

  (A)

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

  (B)

Consolidated Balance Sheets — at December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

  (C)

Consolidated Statements of Net Income — Years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

 

  (D)

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income — Years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

 

  (E)

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity — Years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

 

  (F)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

 

  (G)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

None.

 

131


Table of Contents

(a)(3) Exhibits

 

3.1   

Articles of Incorporation of Meridian Bancorp, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Meridian Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 333-194454), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 10, 2014)

3.2   

Bylaws of Meridian Bancorp, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Meridian Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 333-194454), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 10, 2014)

4   

Form of Common Stock Certificate of Meridian Bancorp, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Meridian Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 333-194454), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 10, 2014)

10.1   

[Reserved]

10.2   

[Reserved]

10.3   

[Reserved]

10.4   

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Richard J. Gavegnano and East Boston Savings Bank dated July 28, 2014 filed as an exhibit to Form 10-Q filed on November 10, 2014

10.5   

East Boston Savings Bank Amended and Restated Employee Severance Compensation Plan filed as an exhibit to Form 10-Q filed on November 10, 2014

10.6   

Form of Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreements with Directors Vincent D. Basile, Domenic A. Gambardella, Edward L. Lynch, Gregory F. Natalucci, and James G. Sartori filed as an exhibit to Form 10-Q filed on November 10, 2014

10.7   

Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement with Richard J. Gavegnano filed as an exhibit to Form 10-Q filed on November 10, 2014

10.8   

2008 Equity Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2008 Annual Meeting, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 11, 2008)

10.9   

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Edward J. Merritt and East Boston Savings Bank dated July 28, 2014 filed as an exhibit to Form 10-Q filed on November 10, 2014

10.10   

Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement between East Boston Savings Bank and Edward J. Merritt dated July 28, 2014 filed as an exhibit to Form 10-Q filed on November 10, 2014

10.11   

Joint Beneficiary Designation Agreement between Edward J. Merritt and Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2010)

10.12   

First Amendment to Joint Beneficiary Designation Agreement between Edward J. Merritt and Mt. Washington Co-operative Bank (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2010)

10.13   

Amended and Restated Two-Year Change in Control Agreement between Mark Abbate and East Boston Savings Bank dated July 28, 2014 filed as an exhibit to Form 10-Q filed on November 10, 2014

10.14   

Incentive Compensation Plan filed as an exhibit to Form 10-K filed on March 17, 2014

10.15   

Amended and Restated Two-Year Change in Control Agreement between John Migliozzi and East Boston Savings Bank dated July 28, 2014 filed as an exhibit to Form 10-Q filed on November 10, 2014

10.16   

East Boston Non-Qualified Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan dated October 1, 2014 filed as an exhibit to Form 10-Q filed on November 10, 2014

10.17   

Amended and Restated Two-Year Change in Control Agreement between Frank Romano and East Boston Savings Bank dated July 28, 2014

21   

Subsidiaries of Registrant filed as an exhibit to Form 10-Q filed on November 10, 2014

23   

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

31.1   

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

31.2   

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32   

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

132


Table of Contents
101   

The following financial statements formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Net Income, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

101.INS   

XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH   

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL   

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF   

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB   

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document

101.PRE   

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

133


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

   

MERIDIAN BANCORP, INC.

(Registrant)

Date: March 13, 2015     By:  

/s/    Richard J. Gavegnano

     

Richard J. Gavegnano

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

(Duly Authorized Representative)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signatures

 

Title

 

Date

/s/    Richard J. Gavegnano

Richard J. Gavegnano

 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 13, 2015

/s/    Mark L. Abbate

Mark L. Abbate

  Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief
Financial Officer (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
  March 13, 2015

/s/    Vincent D. Basile

Vincent D. Basile

  Director   March 13, 2015

/s/    Marilyn A. Censullo

Marilyn A. Censullo

  Director   March 13, 2015

/s/    Anna R. DiMaria

Anna R. DiMaria

  Director   March 13, 2015

/s/    Richard F. Fernandez

Richard F. Fernandez

  Director   March 13, 2015

/s/    Domenic A. Gambardella

Domenic A. Gambardella

  Director   March 13, 2015

/s/    Thomas J. Gunning

Thomas J. Gunning

  Director   March 13, 2015

/s/    Carl A. LaGreca

Carl A. LaGreca

  Director   March 13, 2015

/s/    Edward L. Lynch

Edward L. Lynch

  Director   March 13, 2015

/s/    Edward J. Merritt

Edward J. Merritt

  Director   March 13, 2015

/s/    Gregory F. Natalucci

Gregory F. Natalucci

  Director   March 13, 2015

/s/    James G. Sartori

James G. Sartori

  Director   March 13, 2015

 

134

Exhibit 10.17

AMENDED AND RESTATED

TWO-YEAR CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

This Change in Control Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of July 28, 2014, by and between East Boston Savings Bank (the “Bank”), a bank organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts with its headquarters located in East Boston, Massachusetts (the “Bank”) and Frank Romano (the “Executive”). This Agreement is effective December 17, 2013 (the “Effective Date”).

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS , the Executive originally entered into a two-year change in control agreement with the Bank on December 17, 2013 (the “Original Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , in connection with the conversion of Meridian Financial Services, Incorporated (the “MHC”) from the mutual holding company to the stock holding company form of organization, the Bank desires to amend and restate the Original Agreement in order to remove any reference to the MHC structure and to make certain other changes; and

WHEREAS , the Original Agreement may be amended in accordance with Section 8(b) of the Original Agreement; and

WHEREAS , the Executive has agreed to such amendment and restatement of the Original Agreement; and

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Bank and the Executive believe it is in the best interests of the Bank to enter into the Agreement in order to reinforce and reward the Executive for his service and dedication to the continued success of the Bank.

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. TERM OF AGREEMENT

(a) The term of this Agreement shall be (i) the initial term, consisting of the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the second anniversary date of the Effective Date, plus (ii) any and all extensions of the initial term made pursuant to this Section 1.

(b) The term of this Agreement shall be extended for one day each day so that a constant twenty-four (24) calendar month term shall remain in effect, until such time as the board of directors of the Bank (the “Board”) or Executive elects not to extend the term of the Agreement by giving written notice to the other party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, in which case the term of this Agreement shall be fixed and shall end on the second anniversary of the date of such written notice.


2. DEFINITIONS

(a) “Change in Control” shall mean a change in control of the Bank or Meridian Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), as defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the regulations promulgated thereunder, including the following:

 

  (1) Change in ownership : A change in ownership of the Bank or the Company occurs on the date any one person or group of persons accumulates ownership of more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Bank or the Company; or

 

  (2) Change in effective control : A change in effective control occurs when either (i) any one person or more than one person acting as a group acquires within a twelve (12)-month period ownership of stock of the Bank or Company possessing 35% or more of the total voting power of the Bank or Company; or (ii) a majority of the Bank’s or Company’s Board of Directors is replaced during any 12-month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed in advance by a majority of the Bank’s or Company’s Board of Directors (as applicable), or

 

  (3) Change in ownership of a substantial portion of assets : A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Bank’s or Company’s assets occurs if, in a twelve (12)-month period, any one person or more than one person acting as a group acquires assets from the Bank or Company having a total gross fair market value equal to or exceeding 40% of the total gross fair market value of the Bank’s or Company’s entire assets immediately before the acquisition or acquisitions. For this purpose, “gross fair market value” means the value of the Bank’s or Company’s assets, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with the assets.

(b) “Good Reason” shall mean a termination by the Executive following a Change in Control based on the following:

(1) a material diminution in the Executive’s base compensation as in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control or as the same may be increased from time to time thereafter, (2) a material diminution in the Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, or (3) a material diminution in the authority, duties or responsibilities of the officer (as in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control) to whom the Executive is required to report,

(2) any material breach of this Agreement by the Bank, or

 

2


(3) an involuntary relocation of the Bank’s offices in which Executive is principally employed by more than 10 miles;

provided, however, that prior to any termination of employment for Good Reason, the Executive must first provide written notice to the Bank (or its successor) within sixty (60) days of the initial existence of the condition, describing the existence of such condition, and the Bank shall thereafter have the right to remedy the condition within thirty (30) days of the date the Bank received the written notice from the Executive. If the Bank remedies the condition within such thirty (30) day cure period, then no Good Reason shall be deemed to exist with respect to such condition. If the Bank does not remedy the condition within such thirty (30) day cure period, then the Executive may deliver a Notice of Termination for Good Reason at any time within sixty (60) days following the expiration of such cure period.

(c) Termination for Cause shall mean:

 

  (1) the commission by, or indictment of, Executive for any felony involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty, or fraud;

 

  (2) a material act or acts of dishonesty in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties, including without limitation, material misappropriation of funds or property;

 

  (3) an act or acts of gross misconduct by Executive; or

 

  (4) continued, willful, and deliberate non-performance by Executive of duties (other than by reason of illness or disability) which has continued for more than thirty (30) days following written notice of non-performance from the Board.

A determination of whether Executive’s employment shall be terminated for Cause shall be made at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose, at which the Board makes a finding that in good faith opinion of the Board an event set forth in clauses (1), (2), (3), or (4) above has occurred and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

(d) For purposes of this Agreement, any termination of Executive’s employment shall be construed to require a “Separation from Service” in accordance with Code Section 409A and the regulations promulgated thereunder, such that the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that the level of bona fide services Executive would perform after termination of employment would permanently decrease to a level that is less than 20% of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36)-month period.

 

3


3. BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION

(a) If the Executive’s employment by the Bank shall be terminated subsequent to a Change in Control and during the term of this Agreement by (i) the Bank for other than Cause, or (ii) the Executive for Good Reason, then the Bank shall:

(1) pay Executive, or in the event of Executive’s subsequent death, Executive’s beneficiary or beneficiaries or estate, as applicable, a cash severance amount equal to:

(i) two (2) times the Executive’s base salary in effect as of the Date of Termination,

(ii) the highest level of cash incentive compensation earned by the Executive from the Bank in any one of the three calendar years immediately preceding the year in which the termination occurs, and

(iii) payable by lump sum within ten (10) business days of the Date of Termination.

(2) cause to be continued non-taxable medical and dental coverage substantially identical to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive prior to Executive’s termination, with the Executive responsible for his share of employee premiums, for twenty-four (24) months. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if applicable law (including, but not limited to, laws prohibiting discriminating in favor of highly compensated employees), or, if participation by the Executive is not permitted under the terms of the applicable health plans, or if providing such benefits would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay the Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such non-taxable medical and dental benefits, with such payment to be made by lump sum within ten (10) business days of the Date of Termination, or if later, the date on which the Bank determines that such insurance coverage (or the remainder of such insurance coverage) cannot be provided for the foregoing reasons.

(b) In no event shall the payments or benefits to be made or provided to Executive under Section 3 hereof (the “Termination Benefits”) constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code or any successor thereto, and in order to avoid such a result, Termination Benefits will be reduced, if necessary, to an amount the value of which is one dollar ($1.00) less than an amount equal to three (3) times Executive’s “base amount,” as determined in accordance with Section 280G of the Code. The reduction required among the Termination Benefits provided by this Section 3 shall be applied to the cash severance benefits otherwise payable under Section 3(a) hereof.

 

4


4. NOTICE OF TERMINATION

Any purported termination by the Bank or by Executive in connection with or following a Change in Control shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice which shall indicate the Date of Termination and, in the event of termination by Executive, the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated. “Date of Termination” shall mean the date specified in the Notice of Termination (which, in the case of a termination for Cause, shall be immediate). In no event shall the Date of Termination exceed thirty (30) days from the date the Notice of Termination is given.

 

5. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS

All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid in cash or check from the general funds of the Bank.

 

6. REQUIRED REGULATORY PROVISIONS

Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Executive by the Bank, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

 

7. NO ATTACHMENT

Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to effect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

 

8. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

(a) This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes the Original Agreement, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to him without reference to this Agreement.

(b) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

(c) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

5


9. SEVERABILITY

If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

 

10. HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY

The headings of sections and paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

11. GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts but only to the extent not superseded by federal law.

 

12. ARBITRATION

Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a single arbitrator, mutually acceptable to the Bank and Executive, sitting in a location selected by the Bank within twenty-five (25) miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.

 

13. PAYMENT OF LEGAL FEES

To the extent that such payment(s) may be made without triggering penalty under Code Section 409A, all reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the Bank, provided that the dispute or interpretation has been resolved in Executive’s favor, and such reimbursement shall occur no later than sixty (60) days after the end of the year in which the dispute is settled or resolved in Executive’s favor.

 

14. OBLIGATIONS OF BANK

The termination of Executive’s employment, other than following a Change in Control, shall not result in any obligation of the Bank under this Agreement.

 

6


15. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

The Bank shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

7


SIGNATURES

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Bank has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and Executive has signed this Agreement, as of the date first above written.

 

EAST BOSTON SAVINGS BANK
By: /s/ Richard J. Gavegnano
Richard J. Gavegnano

 

EXECUTIVE
By: /s/ Frank Romano
Frank Romano

 

8

Exhibit 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-198686 of our reports dated March 10, 2015 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Meridian Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Meridian Bancorp, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2014.

/s/ Wolf & Company, P.C.

Boston, Massachusetts

March 10, 2015

EXHIBIT 31.1

RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION

I, Richard J. Gavegnano, certify that:

1) I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Meridian Bancorp, Inc.;

2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13(a)-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal controls over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an Annual Report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 13, 2015

     

/s/    Richard J. Gavegnano

     

Richard J. Gavegnano

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 31.2

RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER CERTIFICATION

I, Mark L. Abbate, certify that:

1) I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Meridian Bancorp, Inc.;

2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13(a) — 15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal controls over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an Annual Report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 13, 2015

 

/s/    Mark L. Abbate

 

Mark L. Abbate

 

Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

EXHIBIT 32.0

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Meridian Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), the undersigned hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Meridian Bancorp, Inc. as of and for the period covered by the Report.

 

Dated: March 13, 2015

 

/s/    Richard J. Gavegnano

 

Richard J. Gavegnano

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Dated: March 13, 2015

 

/s/    Mark L. Abbate

 

Mark L. Abbate

Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)